testsuite/
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
1eb7cd77
JB
4@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
5@setchapternewpage off
03727ca6 6@dircategory Software development
e9c75b65 7@direntry
c906108c 8* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 9@end direntry
c906108c 10
a67ec3f4
JM
11@copying
12Copyright @copyright{} 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998, 1999,
9d2897ad 132000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009, 2010
a67ec3f4 14Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
15Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
16Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
17
e9c75b65
EZ
18Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
19under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 20any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
21Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
22Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
23Free Documentation License''.
a67ec3f4
JM
24@end copying
25
26@ifnottex
27This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
28
29@insertcopying
30@end ifnottex
c906108c 31
c906108c 32
56caf160
EZ
33@syncodeindex fn cp
34@syncodeindex vr cp
35
c906108c 36@titlepage
25822942 37@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
38@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
39@author John Gilmore
40@author Cygnus Solutions
41@author Second Edition:
42@author Stan Shebs
43@author Cygnus Solutions
44@page
45@tex
46\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
47\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
48{\parskip=0pt
49\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
50\hfill \manvers\par
51\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
52}
53@end tex
54
55@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
a67ec3f4 56@insertcopying
c906108c
SS
57@end titlepage
58
449f3b6c 59@contents
449f3b6c 60
c906108c
SS
61@node Top
62@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
63@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
64@top Scope of this Document
65
25822942
DB
66This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
67includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
68as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
69
70@menu
587afa38 71* Summary::
c906108c
SS
72* Overall Structure::
73* Algorithms::
74* User Interface::
89437448 75* libgdb::
5f5233d4 76* Values::
669fac23 77* Stack Frames::
c906108c
SS
78* Symbol Handling::
79* Language Support::
80* Host Definition::
81* Target Architecture Definition::
123dc839 82* Target Descriptions::
c906108c
SS
83* Target Vector Definition::
84* Native Debugging::
85* Support Libraries::
86* Coding::
87* Porting GDB::
d52fe014 88* Versions and Branches::
55f6ca0f 89* Start of New Year Procedure::
8973da3a 90* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 91* Testsuite::
c906108c 92* Hints::
aab4e0ec 93
bcd7e15f 94* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 95* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 96* Index::
c906108c
SS
97@end menu
98
587afa38
EZ
99@node Summary
100@chapter Summary
101
102@menu
103* Requirements::
104* Contributors::
105@end menu
c906108c 106
587afa38
EZ
107@node Requirements
108@section Requirements
56caf160 109@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
110
111Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
112requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
113of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
114that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 115
56caf160
EZ
116First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
117front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
118shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 119
56caf160
EZ
120@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
121available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
122programmer.
c906108c 123
56caf160
EZ
124@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
125the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
126going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
127to debugger commands.
c906108c 128
56caf160
EZ
129@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
130While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 131picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
132programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
133mollify the debugger.
c906108c 134
56caf160
EZ
135@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
136Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
137heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 138
56caf160
EZ
139@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
140available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
141supports.
c906108c 142
587afa38
EZ
143@node Contributors
144@section Contributors
145
146The first edition of this document was written by John Gilmore of
147Cygnus Solutions. The current second edition was written by Stan Shebs
148of Cygnus Solutions, who continues to update the manual.
149
150Over the years, many others have made additions and changes to this
151document. This section attempts to record the significant contributors
152to that effort. One of the virtues of free software is that everyone
153is free to contribute to it; with regret, we cannot actually
154acknowledge everyone here.
155
156@quotation
157@emph{Plea:} This section has only been added relatively recently (four
158years after publication of the second edition). Additions to this
159section are particularly welcome. If you or your friends (or enemies,
160to be evenhanded) have been unfairly omitted from this list, we would
161like to add your names!
162@end quotation
163
164A document such as this relies on being kept up to date by numerous
165small updates by contributing engineers as they make changes to the
166code base. The file @file{ChangeLog} in the @value{GDBN} distribution
167approximates a blow-by-blow account. The most prolific contributors to
168this important, but low profile task are Andrew Cagney (responsible
169for over half the entries), Daniel Jacobowitz, Mark Kettenis, Jim
170Blandy and Eli Zaretskii.
171
172Eli Zaretskii and Daniel Jacobowitz wrote the sections documenting
173watchpoints.
174
175Jeremy Bennett updated the sections on initializing a new architecture
176and register representation, and added the section on Frame Interpretation.
177
c906108c
SS
178
179@node Overall Structure
180
181@chapter Overall Structure
182
56caf160
EZ
183@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
184symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
185@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 186
2e685b93 187The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
188supporting code.
189
190The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
191interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
192parsing, type and value printing.
193
194The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
195physical target manipulation.
196
197The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
198number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
199elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
200supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
201this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
202should fit together.
203
204@section The Symbol Side
205
56caf160
EZ
206The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
207you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
208For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
209many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
210
211@section The Target Side
212
56caf160
EZ
213The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
214Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
215of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
216available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
217
218Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
219display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 220such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
221relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
222way.
223
224@section Configurations
225
56caf160
EZ
226@cindex host
227@cindex target
25822942 228@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
229@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
230executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
231third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
232
1f70da6a
SS
233Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host
234support. Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte
235order, host float format. These are all calculated by @code{autoconf}
236when the debugger is built.
c906108c
SS
237
238Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
239dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
240breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
241to call a function.
242
243Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
244is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
1f70da6a 245host and target are not the same, calling @code{fork} to start the target
c906108c
SS
246process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
247registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
248in the native-dependent files.
249
250Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
251are really part of the target environment, but which require
252@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
253file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
254
1f70da6a
SS
255When you want to make @value{GDBN} work as the traditional native debugger
256on a system, you will need to supply both target and native information.
c906108c 257
25ab7e6d
EZ
258@section Source Tree Structure
259@cindex @value{GDBN} source tree structure
260
261The @value{GDBN} source directory has a mostly flat structure---there
262are only a few subdirectories. A file's name usually gives a hint as
263to what it does; for example, @file{stabsread.c} reads stabs,
7ce59000 264@file{dwarf2read.c} reads @sc{DWARF 2}, etc.
25ab7e6d
EZ
265
266Files that are related to some common task have names that share
267common substrings. For example, @file{*-thread.c} files deal with
268debugging threads on various platforms; @file{*read.c} files deal with
269reading various kinds of symbol and object files; @file{inf*.c} files
270deal with direct control of the @dfn{inferior program} (@value{GDBN}
271parlance for the program being debugged).
272
273There are several dozens of files in the @file{*-tdep.c} family.
274@samp{tdep} stands for @dfn{target-dependent code}---each of these
275files implements debug support for a specific target architecture
276(sparc, mips, etc). Usually, only one of these will be used in a
277specific @value{GDBN} configuration (sometimes two, closely related).
278
279Similarly, there are many @file{*-nat.c} files, each one for native
280debugging on a specific system (e.g., @file{sparc-linux-nat.c} is for
281native debugging of Sparc machines running the Linux kernel).
282
283The few subdirectories of the source tree are:
284
285@table @file
286@item cli
287Code that implements @dfn{CLI}, the @value{GDBN} Command-Line
288Interpreter. @xref{User Interface, Command Interpreter}.
289
290@item gdbserver
291Code for the @value{GDBN} remote server.
292
293@item gdbtk
294Code for Insight, the @value{GDBN} TK-based GUI front-end.
295
296@item mi
297The @dfn{GDB/MI}, the @value{GDBN} Machine Interface interpreter.
298
299@item signals
300Target signal translation code.
301
302@item tui
303Code for @dfn{TUI}, the @value{GDBN} Text-mode full-screen User
304Interface. @xref{User Interface, TUI}.
305@end table
c906108c
SS
306
307@node Algorithms
308
309@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 310@cindex algorithms
c906108c 311
56caf160
EZ
312@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
313often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
314cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
315algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
316they use.
c906108c 317
7d30c22d
JB
318@section Prologue Analysis
319
320@cindex prologue analysis
321@cindex call frame information
322@cindex CFI (call frame information)
323To produce a backtrace and allow the user to manipulate older frames'
324variables and arguments, @value{GDBN} needs to find the base addresses
325of older frames, and discover where those frames' registers have been
326saved. Since a frame's ``callee-saves'' registers get saved by
327younger frames if and when they're reused, a frame's registers may be
328scattered unpredictably across younger frames. This means that
329changing the value of a register-allocated variable in an older frame
330may actually entail writing to a save slot in some younger frame.
331
332Modern versions of GCC emit Dwarf call frame information (``CFI''),
333which describes how to find frame base addresses and saved registers.
334But CFI is not always available, so as a fallback @value{GDBN} uses a
335technique called @dfn{prologue analysis} to find frame sizes and saved
336registers. A prologue analyzer disassembles the function's machine
337code starting from its entry point, and looks for instructions that
338allocate frame space, save the stack pointer in a frame pointer
339register, save registers, and so on. Obviously, this can't be done
b247355e 340accurately in general, but it's tractable to do well enough to be very
7d30c22d
JB
341helpful. Prologue analysis predates the GNU toolchain's support for
342CFI; at one time, prologue analysis was the only mechanism
343@value{GDBN} used for stack unwinding at all, when the function
344calling conventions didn't specify a fixed frame layout.
345
346In the olden days, function prologues were generated by hand-written,
347target-specific code in GCC, and treated as opaque and untouchable by
348optimizers. Looking at this code, it was usually straightforward to
349write a prologue analyzer for @value{GDBN} that would accurately
350understand all the prologues GCC would generate. However, over time
351GCC became more aggressive about instruction scheduling, and began to
352understand more about the semantics of the prologue instructions
353themselves; in response, @value{GDBN}'s analyzers became more complex
354and fragile. Keeping the prologue analyzers working as GCC (and the
355instruction sets themselves) evolved became a substantial task.
356
357@cindex @file{prologue-value.c}
358@cindex abstract interpretation of function prologues
359@cindex pseudo-evaluation of function prologues
360To try to address this problem, the code in @file{prologue-value.h}
361and @file{prologue-value.c} provides a general framework for writing
362prologue analyzers that are simpler and more robust than ad-hoc
363analyzers. When we analyze a prologue using the prologue-value
364framework, we're really doing ``abstract interpretation'' or
365``pseudo-evaluation'': running the function's code in simulation, but
366using conservative approximations of the values registers and memory
367would hold when the code actually runs. For example, if our function
368starts with the instruction:
369
370@example
371addi r1, 42 # add 42 to r1
372@end example
373@noindent
374we don't know exactly what value will be in @code{r1} after executing
375this instruction, but we do know it'll be 42 greater than its original
376value.
377
378If we then see an instruction like:
379
380@example
381addi r1, 22 # add 22 to r1
382@end example
383@noindent
384we still don't know what @code{r1's} value is, but again, we can say
385it is now 64 greater than its original value.
386
387If the next instruction were:
388
389@example
390mov r2, r1 # set r2 to r1's value
391@end example
392@noindent
393then we can say that @code{r2's} value is now the original value of
394@code{r1} plus 64.
395
396It's common for prologues to save registers on the stack, so we'll
397need to track the values of stack frame slots, as well as the
398registers. So after an instruction like this:
399
400@example
401mov (fp+4), r2
402@end example
403@noindent
404then we'd know that the stack slot four bytes above the frame pointer
405holds the original value of @code{r1} plus 64.
406
407And so on.
408
409Of course, this can only go so far before it gets unreasonable. If we
410wanted to be able to say anything about the value of @code{r1} after
411the instruction:
412
413@example
414xor r1, r3 # exclusive-or r1 and r3, place result in r1
415@end example
416@noindent
417then things would get pretty complex. But remember, we're just doing
418a conservative approximation; if exclusive-or instructions aren't
419relevant to prologues, we can just say @code{r1}'s value is now
420``unknown''. We can ignore things that are too complex, if that loss of
421information is acceptable for our application.
422
423So when we say ``conservative approximation'' here, what we mean is an
424approximation that is either accurate, or marked ``unknown'', but
425never inaccurate.
426
427Using this framework, a prologue analyzer is simply an interpreter for
428machine code, but one that uses conservative approximations for the
429contents of registers and memory instead of actual values. Starting
430from the function's entry point, you simulate instructions up to the
431current PC, or an instruction that you don't know how to simulate.
432Now you can examine the state of the registers and stack slots you've
433kept track of.
434
435@itemize @bullet
436
437@item
438To see how large your stack frame is, just check the value of the
439stack pointer register; if it's the original value of the SP
440minus a constant, then that constant is the stack frame's size.
441If the SP's value has been marked as ``unknown'', then that means
442the prologue has done something too complex for us to track, and
443we don't know the frame size.
444
445@item
446To see where we've saved the previous frame's registers, we just
447search the values we've tracked --- stack slots, usually, but
448registers, too, if you want --- for something equal to the register's
449original value. If the calling conventions suggest a standard place
450to save a given register, then we can check there first, but really,
451anything that will get us back the original value will probably work.
452@end itemize
453
454This does take some work. But prologue analyzers aren't
455quick-and-simple pattern patching to recognize a few fixed prologue
456forms any more; they're big, hairy functions. Along with inferior
457function calls, prologue analysis accounts for a substantial portion
458of the time needed to stabilize a @value{GDBN} port. So it's
459worthwhile to look for an approach that will be easier to understand
460and maintain. In the approach described above:
461
462@itemize @bullet
463
464@item
465It's easier to see that the analyzer is correct: you just see
b247355e 466whether the analyzer properly (albeit conservatively) simulates
7d30c22d
JB
467the effect of each instruction.
468
469@item
470It's easier to extend the analyzer: you can add support for new
471instructions, and know that you haven't broken anything that
472wasn't already broken before.
473
474@item
475It's orthogonal: to gather new information, you don't need to
476complicate the code for each instruction. As long as your domain
477of conservative values is already detailed enough to tell you
478what you need, then all the existing instruction simulations are
479already gathering the right data for you.
480
481@end itemize
482
483The file @file{prologue-value.h} contains detailed comments explaining
484the framework and how to use it.
485
486
c906108c
SS
487@section Breakpoint Handling
488
56caf160 489@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
490In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
491where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
492that location.
493
494There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
495breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
496
56caf160
EZ
497@cindex hardware breakpoints
498@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
499Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
500features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
501register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 502(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 503ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
504exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
505
506Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
507include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
508processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
509address.
510
511A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
512breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
513software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
514breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 515@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 516for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
517
518Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 519limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 520start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 521notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
522whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
523breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
524an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
525
526@cindex software breakpoints
527Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
528The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
529instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
530that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
531@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
532user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
533instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
534
535Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 536must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 537can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 538although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
539
540Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
541instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
542target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
543breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
544larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
545targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
546instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
547set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
548although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
549instruction.
550
c906108c
SS
551Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
552much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
553
8181d85f
DJ
554@table @code
555@cindex insert or remove software breakpoint
556@findex target_remove_breakpoint
557@findex target_insert_breakpoint
558@item target_remove_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
559@itemx target_insert_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
560Insert or remove a software breakpoint at address
561@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
562non-zero for failure. On input, @var{bp_tgt} contains the address of the
563breakpoint, and is otherwise initialized to zero. The fields of the
564@code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by @var{bp_tgt} are updated
565to contain other information about the breakpoint on output. The field
566@code{placed_address} may be updated if the breakpoint was placed at a
567related address; the field @code{shadow_contents} contains the real
568contents of the bytes where the breakpoint has been inserted,
569if reading memory would return the breakpoint instead of the
570underlying memory; the field @code{shadow_len} is the length of
571memory cached in @code{shadow_contents}, if any; and the field
572@code{placed_size} is optionally set and used by the target, if
573it could differ from @code{shadow_len}.
574
575For example, the remote target @samp{Z0} packet does not require
576shadowing memory, so @code{shadow_len} is left at zero. However,
4a9bb1df 577the length reported by @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} is cached in
8181d85f
DJ
578@code{placed_size}, so that a matching @samp{z0} packet can be
579used to remove the breakpoint.
580
581@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
582@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
583@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
584@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
585@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
586Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address
587@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
588non-zero for failure. See @code{target_insert_breakpoint} for
589a description of the @code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by
590@var{bp_tgt}; the @code{shadow_contents} and
591@code{shadow_len} members are not used for hardware breakpoints,
592but @code{placed_size} may be.
593@end table
594
c906108c
SS
595@section Single Stepping
596
597@section Signal Handling
598
599@section Thread Handling
600
601@section Inferior Function Calls
602
603@section Longjmp Support
604
56caf160 605@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 606@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
607@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
608stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
609which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
610command.
c906108c 611
4a9bb1df
UW
612@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
613To make this work, you need to define a function called
1f70da6a
SS
614@code{gdbarch_get_longjmp_target}, which will examine the
615@code{jmp_buf} structure and extract the @code{longjmp} target address.
616Since @code{jmp_buf} is target specific and typically defined in a
617target header not available to @value{GDBN}, you will need to
618determine the offset of the PC manually and return that; many targets
619define a @code{jb_pc_offset} field in the tdep structure to save the
620value once calculated.
c906108c 621
9742079a
EZ
622@section Watchpoints
623@cindex watchpoints
624
625Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
626breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
627instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
628your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
629hunt down and kill such bugs.
630
631@cindex hardware watchpoints
632@cindex software watchpoints
633Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
634known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
635hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
636software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
637will use software watchpoints are:
638
639@itemize @bullet
640@item
641The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
642watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
643to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
644more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
645watchpoints.
646
647@item
648The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
649registers (as opposed to memory).
650
651@item
652Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
653this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
654resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
655breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
656breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
657
658@item
659No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
660implementation.
661@end itemize
662
663Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
664single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
665watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
666section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
667
b6b8ece6
EZ
668When the inferior stops, @value{GDBN} tries to establish, among other
669possible reasons, whether it stopped due to a watchpoint being hit.
d983da9c
DJ
670It first uses @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to see if any watchpoint
671was hit. If not, all watchpoint checking is skipped.
672
673Then @value{GDBN} calls @code{target_stopped_data_address} exactly
674once. This method returns the address of the watchpoint which
675triggered, if the target can determine it. If the triggered address
676is available, @value{GDBN} compares the address returned by this
677method with each watched memory address in each active watchpoint.
678For data-read and data-access watchpoints, @value{GDBN} announces
679every watchpoint that watches the triggered address as being hit.
680For this reason, data-read and data-access watchpoints
681@emph{require} that the triggered address be available; if not, read
682and access watchpoints will never be considered hit. For data-write
683watchpoints, if the triggered address is available, @value{GDBN}
684considers only those watchpoints which match that address;
685otherwise, @value{GDBN} considers all data-write watchpoints. For
686each data-write watchpoint that @value{GDBN} considers, it evaluates
687the expression whose value is being watched, and tests whether the
688watched value has changed. Watchpoints whose watched values have
689changed are announced as hit.
b6b8ece6 690
1f70da6a
SS
691@c FIXME move these to the main lists of target/native defns
692
9742079a
EZ
693@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
694watchpoints:
695
696@table @code
9742079a
EZ
697@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
698@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
699Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
700possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
701of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
702not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
703number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
704is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
705are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
706the same time).
707
708@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
709@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
710Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
711whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
712
b6b8ece6 713@cindex insert or remove hardware watchpoint
9742079a
EZ
714@findex target_insert_watchpoint
715@findex target_remove_watchpoint
716@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
717@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
718Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
719@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
720possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
721defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
722
474c8240 723@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
724 enum target_hw_bp_type
725 @{
726 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
727 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
728 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
729 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
730 @};
474c8240 731@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
732
733@noindent
734These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
735
9742079a 736@findex target_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
737@item target_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
738If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the address
739associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to by
d983da9c
DJ
740@var{addr_p} and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. This
741is required for data-read and data-access watchpoints. It is
742not required for data-write watchpoints, but @value{GDBN} uses
743it to improve handling of those also.
744
745@value{GDBN} will only call this method once per watchpoint stop,
746immediately after calling @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}. If the
747target's watchpoint indication is sticky, i.e., stays set after
748resuming, this method should clear it. For instance, the x86 debug
749control register has sticky triggered flags.
9742079a 750
5009afc5
AS
751@findex target_watchpoint_addr_within_range
752@item target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (@var{target}, @var{addr}, @var{start}, @var{length})
753Check whether @var{addr} (as returned by @code{target_stopped_data_address})
754lies within the hardware-defined watchpoint region described by
755@var{start} and @var{length}. This only needs to be provided if the
756granularity of a watchpoint is greater than one byte, i.e., if the
757watchpoint can also trigger on nearby addresses outside of the watched
758region.
759
9742079a
EZ
760@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
761@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
762If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
5009afc5 763watchpoint to step over it. Like @code{gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint},
d983da9c
DJ
764this is usually set when watchpoints trigger at the instruction
765which will perform an interesting read or write. It should be
766set if there is a temporary disable bit which allows the processor
767to step over the interesting instruction without raising the
768watchpoint exception again.
9742079a 769
4a9bb1df
UW
770@findex gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint
771@item int gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint (@var{gdbarch})
772If it returns a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
d983da9c
DJ
773watchpoint to step the inferior over it. This is usually set when
774watchpoints trigger at the instruction which will perform an
775interesting read or write.
9742079a
EZ
776
777@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
778@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
779If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
d983da9c
DJ
780inferior after a watchpoint has been hit. This is usually set
781when watchpoints trigger at the instruction following an interesting
782read or write.
9742079a
EZ
783
784@findex CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
785@item CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
786If this is defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} will remove all
787watchpoints before stepping the inferior.
788
789@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
790@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
791Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
792the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
b6b8ece6
EZ
793Normally, this macro is defined to invoke the function pointed to by
794the @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} member of the structure (of the
795type @code{target_ops}, defined on @file{target.h}) that describes the
796target-specific operations; @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} ignores
797the @var{wait_status} argument.
798
799@value{GDBN} does not require the non-zero value returned by
800@code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to be 100% correct, so if a target cannot
801determine for sure whether the inferior stopped due to a watchpoint,
802it could return non-zero ``just in case''.
9742079a
EZ
803@end table
804
d983da9c
DJ
805@subsection Watchpoints and Threads
806@cindex watchpoints, with threads
807
808@value{GDBN} only supports process-wide watchpoints, which trigger
809in all threads. @value{GDBN} uses the thread ID to make watchpoints
810act as if they were thread-specific, but it cannot set hardware
811watchpoints that only trigger in a specific thread. Therefore, even
812if the target supports threads, per-thread debug registers, and
813watchpoints which only affect a single thread, it should set the
814per-thread debug registers for all threads to the same value. On
815@sc{gnu}/Linux native targets, this is accomplished by using
816@code{ALL_LWPS} in @code{target_insert_watchpoint} and
817@code{target_remove_watchpoint} and by using
818@code{linux_set_new_thread} to register a handler for newly created
819threads.
820
821@value{GDBN}'s @sc{gnu}/Linux support only reports a single event
822at a time, although multiple events can trigger simultaneously for
823multi-threaded programs. When multiple events occur, @file{linux-nat.c}
824queues subsequent events and returns them the next time the program
825is resumed. This means that @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} and
826@code{target_stopped_data_address} only need to consult the current
827thread's state---the thread indicated by @code{inferior_ptid}. If
828two threads have hit watchpoints simultaneously, those routines
829will be called a second time for the second thread.
830
9742079a
EZ
831@subsection x86 Watchpoints
832@cindex x86 debug registers
833@cindex watchpoints, on x86
834
835The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
836registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
837generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
838support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
839subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
840
1f70da6a
SS
841(At present, the library functions read and write debug registers directly, and are
842thus only available for native configurations.)
843
9742079a
EZ
844To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
845following:
846
847@itemize @bullet
848@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
849@item
850Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
851target-dependent headers.
852
853@item
854Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
855defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
856
857@item
858Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
f0323ca0 859@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}).
9742079a
EZ
860
861@item
862Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
863below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
864which does the real work.
865@end itemize
866
867The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
868debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
869real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
870provide:
871
872@table @code
873@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
874@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
875Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
876
877@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
878@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
879Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
880
881@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
882@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
883Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
884number @var{idx}.
885
886@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
887@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
888Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
889used immediately after it is returned by
890@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
891register values.
892@end table
893
894For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
895that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
896to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
897allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
898expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
899wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
900maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
901anything to use this feature.
902
903The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
904bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
905be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
906region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
907@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
908bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
909a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
910region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
911
912The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
913@value{GDBN}'s application code:
914
915@table @code
916@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
917@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
918The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
919this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
920watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
921less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
922processors.
923
924@findex i386_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
925@item i386_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
926The target function
927@code{target_stopped_data_address} is set to call this function.
928This
9742079a
EZ
929function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
930Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
931macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
932set in DR6.
933
ac77d04f
JJ
934@findex i386_stopped_by_watchpoint
935@item i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)
936The macro @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}
937is set to call this function. The
938argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
939function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
940Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
941macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is
942returned.
943
9742079a
EZ
944@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
945@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
946@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
947@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
948Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
949@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
950are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
951looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
952region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
953reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
954register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
955the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
956value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
957register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
958and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
959inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
960@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
961required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
962each debug register.
963
964@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
965in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
966length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
967values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
968@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
969watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
970decrements the reference count, and only calls
971@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
972the count goes to zero.
973
974@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
975@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
8181d85f
DJ
976@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
977@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
9742079a
EZ
978These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
979macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
980@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
8181d85f
DJ
981The argument is a @code{struct bp_target_info *}, as described in
982the documentation for @code{target_insert_breakpoint}.
9742079a
EZ
983These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
984@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
985the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
986hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
987register.
988
9742079a
EZ
989@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
990@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
991This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
992bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
993the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
994@end table
995
996@noindent
997@strong{Notes:}
998@enumerate 1
999@item
1000x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
1001However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
1002@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
1003watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
1004on x86.
1005
1006@item
1007x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
1008only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
1009there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
1010whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
1011current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
1012always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
1013watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
1014unavailable in many platforms.
1015@end enumerate
1016
5c95884b
MS
1017@section Checkpoints
1018@cindex checkpoints
1019@cindex restart
1020In the abstract, a checkpoint is a point in the execution history of
1021the program, which the user may wish to return to at some later time.
1022
1023Internally, a checkpoint is a saved copy of the program state, including
1024whatever information is required in order to restore the program to that
1025state at a later time. This can be expected to include the state of
1026registers and memory, and may include external state such as the state
1027of open files and devices.
1028
1029There are a number of ways in which checkpoints may be implemented
b247355e 1030in gdb, e.g.@: as corefiles, as forked processes, and as some opaque
5c95884b
MS
1031method implemented on the target side.
1032
1033A corefile can be used to save an image of target memory and register
1034state, which can in principle be restored later --- but corefiles do
1035not typically include information about external entities such as
1036open files. Currently this method is not implemented in gdb.
1037
1038A forked process can save the state of user memory and registers,
1039as well as some subset of external (kernel) state. This method
1040is used to implement checkpoints on Linux, and in principle might
1041be used on other systems.
1042
b247355e 1043Some targets, e.g.@: simulators, might have their own built-in
5c95884b
MS
1044method for saving checkpoints, and gdb might be able to take
1045advantage of that capability without necessarily knowing any
1046details of how it is done.
1047
1048
bcd7e15f
JB
1049@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
1050@cindex observer pattern interface
1051@cindex notifications about changes in internals
1052
1053In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
1054some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
1055modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
1056hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
1057versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
1058@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
1059a strong limitation.
1060
1061A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
1062Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
1063a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
1064previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
1065easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
1066interface when adding new notifications.
1067
1068See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
1069currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
1070implementation is also briefly discussed.
1071
c906108c
SS
1072@node User Interface
1073
1074@chapter User Interface
1075
1f70da6a
SS
1076@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces, of which the traditional
1077command-line interface is perhaps the most familiar.
c906108c
SS
1078
1079@section Command Interpreter
1080
56caf160 1081@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 1082@cindex CLI
25822942 1083The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
1084allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
1085has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
1086a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
1087
56caf160
EZ
1088For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
1089@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
1090to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
1091
56caf160
EZ
1092@findex add_cmd
1093@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
1094To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
1095the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 1096place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 1097the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 1098
40dd2248
TT
1099@findex add_setshow_cmd
1100@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
1101To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
1102@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
1103a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
1104further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
1105the new command structures for manipulation.
1106
56caf160
EZ
1107@cindex deprecating commands
1108@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
1109Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
1110deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
1111aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
1112@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
1113return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
1114command immediately after it is created.
1115
c72e7388 1116The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60 1117replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
d3e8051b 1118@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e., the
cfeada60 1119entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 1120
587afa38 1121@anchor{UI-Independent Output}
0ee54786
EZ
1122@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
1123@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
1124@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
1125
1126@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
1127The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
1128@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
1129interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
1130from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
1131every UI, to produce output.
1132
1133@subsection Overview and Terminology
1134
1135In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
1136of output, and can even generate an input request.
1137
1138Output can be generated for the following purposes:
1139
1140@itemize @bullet
1141@item
1142to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
1143
1144@item
1145to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
1146operation;
1147
1148@item
1149to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
1150progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
1151
1152@item
1153to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
1154
1155@item
1156to show @emph{debug data};
1157
1158@item
1159to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
1160@end itemize
1161
1162@noindent
1163This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
1164although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
1165
1166Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
1167involves one or more of the following:
1168
1169@itemize @bullet
1170@item
1171output of the actual data
1172
1173@item
1174formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
1175easily readable by humans
1176
1177@item
1178machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
1179parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
1180
1181@item
c72e7388
AC
1182annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
1183parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
1184@end itemize
1185
1186The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
1187Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
1188of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
1189deprecated.
1190
c72e7388
AC
1191Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
1192a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
1193non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
1194header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 1195
c72e7388
AC
1196@table @code
1197@item <table> @expansion{}
1198@code{<header> <body>}
1199@item <header> @expansion{}
1200@code{@{ <column> @}}
1201@item <column> @expansion{}
1202@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
1203@item <body> @expansion{}
1204@code{@{<row>@}}
1205@end table
0ee54786
EZ
1206
1207
1208@subsection General Conventions
1209
c72e7388
AC
1210Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
1211@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
1212object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 1213
c72e7388
AC
1214The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
1215to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 1216
c72e7388
AC
1217The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
1218When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
1219sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
1220format.
1221
c72e7388
AC
1222When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
1223call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
1224
1225
c72e7388 1226@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
1227
1228@cindex list output functions
1229@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
1230@cindex tuple output functions
1231This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
1232tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
1233(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 1234
c72e7388
AC
1235To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
1236containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
1237fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 1238
c72e7388
AC
1239Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
1240rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
1241even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
1242
1243@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
1244Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
1245maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
1246
1247The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
1248
474c8240 1249@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1250 ui_out_table_begin
1251 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 1252 @dots{}
0ee54786 1253 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 1254 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 1255 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
1256 @dots{}
1257 ui_out_tuple_end
1258 @dots{}
0ee54786 1259 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 1260@end smallexample
0ee54786 1261
c72e7388 1262Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
1263functions:
1264
c72e7388
AC
1265@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
1266The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
1267of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
1268function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
1269the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
1270@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
1271pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
1272@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
1273was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
1274
1275The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
1276the end of the table's output.
1277@end deftypefun
1278
c72e7388
AC
1279@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
1280@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
1281table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
1282column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
1283@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
1284
1285The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
1286value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
1287@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
1288center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
1289specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
1290column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
1291call.
0ee54786
EZ
1292@end deftypefun
1293
1294@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 1295This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
1296@end deftypefun
1297
1298@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1299This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
1300after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
1301functions.
0ee54786
EZ
1302
1303There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
1304call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
1305will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
1306@end deftypefun
1307
c72e7388 1308The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 1309call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
1310@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
1311@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
1312calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
1313
c72e7388
AC
1314@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1315This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
1316to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
1317implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1318after the call.
1319@end deftypefun
1320
1321@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1322This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
1323one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
1324@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1325be signaled.
1326@end deftypefun
1327
587afa38 1328@deftypefun {struct cleanup *} make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
c72e7388
AC
1329This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
1330(@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient
1331and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function
b9aa90c9 1332cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
1333@smallexample
1334struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
1335ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
1336old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
1337 uiout);
1338@end smallexample
1339@end deftypefun
1340
1341@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1342This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
1343an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
1344implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1345after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
1346@end deftypefun
1347
1348@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1349This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
1350one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
1351@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1352be signaled.
1353@end deftypefun
1354
587afa38 1355@deftypefun {struct cleanup *} make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
c72e7388
AC
1356Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
1357opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups})
f66d1690 1358that will close the list.
0ee54786
EZ
1359@end deftypefun
1360
1361@subsection Item Output Functions
1362
1363@cindex item output functions
1364@cindex field output functions
1365@cindex data output
1366The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1367items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1368
1369Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1370
1371@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1372This is the most general output function. It produces the
1373representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1374according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1375@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1376supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1377supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1378
1379This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1380use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1381@end deftypefun
1382
c72e7388 1383@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1384This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1385@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1386the name of the field.
1387@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1388
1389@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1390This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1391@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1392@var{fldname} specifies
1393the name of the field.
1394@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1395
5af949e3
UW
1396@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
1397This function outputs an address as appropriate for @var{gdbarch}.
0ee54786
EZ
1398@end deftypefun
1399
c72e7388 1400@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1401This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1402specification.
1403@end deftypefun
1404
1405Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1406functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1407@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1408the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1409used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1410of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1411@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1412you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1413@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1414@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1415and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1416constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1417you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1418@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1419
587afa38 1420@deftypefun {struct ui_stream *} ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
0ee54786
EZ
1421This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1422same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1423passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1424@code{ui_stream} object.
1425@end deftypefun
1426
1427@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1428This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1429@var{streambuf}.
1430@end deftypefun
1431
c72e7388 1432@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1433This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1434@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1435@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1436@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1437the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1438@end deftypefun
1439
1440@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1441out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1442@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1443cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1444skeleton code to do that:
1445
1446@smallexample
1447 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1448 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1449 ...
1450 do_cleanups (old);
1451@end smallexample
1452
1453If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1454of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1455
1456@smallexample
1457 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1458 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1459@end smallexample
1460
1461Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1462@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1463same buffer twice.
1464
1465@subsection Utility Output Functions
1466
c72e7388 1467@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1468This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1469an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1470@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1471@end deftypefun
1472
c72e7388 1473@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1474This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1475easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1476this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1477from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1478
1479Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1480the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1481to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1482string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1483output short messages.
1484@end deftypefun
1485
1486@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1487This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1488text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1489list.
1490@end deftypefun
1491
c72e7388 1492@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1493This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1494verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1495current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1496verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1497setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1498as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1499argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1500@end deftypefun
1501
1502@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1503This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1504of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1505output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1506be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1507accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1508explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1509@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1510@end deftypefun
1511
1512@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1513This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1514the UI buffers output.
1515@end deftypefun
1516
1517
1518@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1519
1520@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1521@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1522This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1523functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1524@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1525@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1526
1527This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1528produce a table.
1529
1530The original code was:
1531
474c8240 1532@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1533 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1534 @{
1535 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1536
1537 annotate_field (0);
1538 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1539 annotate_field (1);
1540 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1541 annotate_field (2);
1542 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1543 annotate_field (3);
1544 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1545 if (addressprint)
1546 @{
1547 annotate_field (4);
1548 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1549 @}
1550 annotate_field (5);
1551 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1552
1553 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1554 @}
474c8240 1555@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1556
1557Here's the new version:
1558
474c8240 1559@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1560 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1561
1562 if (addressprint)
1563 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1564 else
1565 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1566
1567 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1568 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1569 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1570 annotate_field (0);
1571 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1572 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1573 annotate_field (1);
1574 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1575 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1576 annotate_field (2);
1577 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1578 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1579 annotate_field (3);
1580 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1581 if (addressprint)
1582 @{
1583 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1584 annotate_field (4);
a6d9a66e 1585 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
c72e7388 1586 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1587 else
c72e7388
AC
1588 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1589 @}
1590 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1591 annotate_field (5);
1592 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1593 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1594 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1595 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1596@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1597
1598This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1599to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1600in the above example. The original code was:
1601
474c8240 1602@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1603 annotate_record ();
1604 annotate_field (0);
1605 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1606 annotate_field (1);
1607 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1608 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1609 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1610 (int)b->type);
1611 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1612 annotate_field (2);
1613 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1614 annotate_field (3);
1615 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1616 @dots{}
474c8240 1617@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1618
1619This is the new version:
1620
474c8240 1621@smallexample
0ee54786 1622 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1623 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1624 annotate_field (0);
1625 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1626 annotate_field (1);
1627 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1628 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1629 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1630 (int) b->type);
1631 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1632 annotate_field (2);
1633 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1634 annotate_field (3);
1635 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1636 @dots{}
474c8240 1637@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1638
1639This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1640produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1641functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1642automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1643
474c8240 1644@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1645 annotate_field (5);
1646 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1647@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1648
1649The new version is:
1650
474c8240 1651@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1652 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1653 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1654 ...
1655 annotate_field (5);
1656 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1657 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1658@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1659
1660This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1661@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1662was:
1663
474c8240 1664@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1665 annotate_field (5);
1666 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1667 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1668 else
1669 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1670@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1671
1672It became:
1673
474c8240 1674@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1675 annotate_field (5);
1676 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1677 @{
1678 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1679 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1680 @}
1681 else
1682 @{
1683 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1684 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1685 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1686 @}
474c8240 1687@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1688
1689The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1690use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1691code was:
1692
474c8240 1693@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1694 annotate_field (5);
1695 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1696 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1697@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1698
1699It became:
1700
474c8240 1701@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1702 annotate_field (5);
1703 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1704 @{
1705 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1706 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1707 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1708 @}
474c8240 1709@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1710
1711Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1712code was:
1713
474c8240 1714@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1715 annotate_field (5);
1716 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1717 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1718@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1719
1720It became:
1721
474c8240 1722@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1723 annotate_field (5);
1724 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1725 @{
1726 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1727 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1728 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1729 @}
474c8240 1730@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1731
1732Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1733
474c8240 1734@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1735 annotate_field (4);
1736 printf_filtered ("%s ",
15a661f3 1737 hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8));
474c8240 1738@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1739
1740It became:
1741
474c8240 1742@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1743 annotate_field (4);
1744 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1745@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1746
1747
c906108c
SS
1748@section Console Printing
1749
1750@section TUI
1751
89437448 1752@node libgdb
c906108c 1753
89437448
AC
1754@chapter libgdb
1755
1756@section libgdb 1.0
1757@cindex @code{libgdb}
1758@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1759to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1760
1761@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1762@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1763@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1764better able to support graphical and other environments.
1765
1766Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1767evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1768
1769@itemize @bullet
1770@item
1771Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1772@item
1773Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1774@item
1775Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1776@item
1777Library - @file{gdb.h}
1778@end itemize
1779
1780The model that ties these components together is described below.
1781
1782@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1783
1784A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1785
1786@itemize @bullet
1787@item
1788As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1789@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1790state, etc).
1791@item
1792As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1793obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1794@end itemize
1795
c1468174 1796Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g., a GUI supporting
89437448
AC
1797the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1798controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
587afa38 1799@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e.@: no other client is using @code{libgdb})
89437448
AC
1800before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1801
1802@section CLI support
1803
1804At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1805@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1806their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1807requirements.
1808
1809It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1810(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1811out the theory:
1812
1813@itemize @bullet
1814@item
1815The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1816@item
1817The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1818versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1819@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1820@item
1821The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1822used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1823@end itemize
1824
1825When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1826along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1827the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1828through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1829At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1830virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1831
1832The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1833@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1834client's custom builder).
1835
1836@section @code{libgdb} components
1837
1838@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1839@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1840be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1841observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1842the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1843finished the current command.
1844
1845@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1846@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1847create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1848when doing any queries.
1849
1850@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1851@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1852@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1853loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
587afa38 1854implement a new event-loop that @value{GDBN} would use.
89437448
AC
1855
1856The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1857@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1858instead of returning.
1859
1860@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1861@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1862the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1863builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1864before the query function returns.
c906108c 1865
5f5233d4
PA
1866@node Values
1867@chapter Values
1868@section Values
1869
1870@cindex values
1871@cindex @code{value} structure
1872@value{GDBN} uses @code{struct value}, or @dfn{values}, as an internal
1873abstraction for the representation of a variety of inferior objects
1874and @value{GDBN} convenience objects.
1875
1876Values have an associated @code{struct type}, that describes a virtual
1877view of the raw data or object stored in or accessed through the
1878value.
1879
1880A value is in addition discriminated by its lvalue-ness, given its
1881@code{enum lval_type} enumeration type:
1882
1883@cindex @code{lval_type} enumeration, for values.
1884@table @code
1885@item @code{not_lval}
1886This value is not an lval. It can't be assigned to.
1887
1888@item @code{lval_memory}
1889This value represents an object in memory.
1890
1891@item @code{lval_register}
1892This value represents an object that lives in a register.
1893
1894@item @code{lval_internalvar}
1895Represents the value of an internal variable.
1896
1897@item @code{lval_internalvar_component}
1898Represents part of a @value{GDBN} internal variable. E.g., a
1899structure field.
1900
1901@cindex computed values
1902@item @code{lval_computed}
1903These are ``computed'' values. They allow creating specialized value
1904objects for specific purposes, all abstracted away from the core value
1905support code. The creator of such a value writes specialized
1906functions to handle the reading and writing to/from the value's
1907backend data, and optionally, a ``copy operator'' and a
1908``destructor''.
1909
1910Pointers to these functions are stored in a @code{struct lval_funcs}
1911instance (declared in @file{value.h}), and passed to the
1912@code{allocate_computed_value} function, as in the example below.
1913
1914@smallexample
1915static void
1916nil_value_read (struct value *v)
1917@{
1918 /* This callback reads data from some backend, and stores it in V.
1919 In this case, we always read null data. You'll want to fill in
1920 something more interesting. */
1921
1922 memset (value_contents_all_raw (v),
1923 value_offset (v),
1924 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v)));
1925@}
1926
1927static void
1928nil_value_write (struct value *v, struct value *fromval)
1929@{
1930 /* Takes the data from FROMVAL and stores it in the backend of V. */
1931
1932 to_oblivion (value_contents_all_raw (fromval),
1933 value_offset (v),
1934 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (fromval)));
1935@}
1936
1937static struct lval_funcs nil_value_funcs =
1938 @{
1939 nil_value_read,
1940 nil_value_write
1941 @};
1942
1943struct value *
1944make_nil_value (void)
1945@{
1946 struct type *type;
1947 struct value *v;
1948
1949 type = make_nils_type ();
1950 v = allocate_computed_value (type, &nil_value_funcs, NULL);
1951
1952 return v;
1953@}
1954@end smallexample
1955
1956See the implementation of the @code{$_siginfo} convenience variable in
1957@file{infrun.c} as a real example use of lval_computed.
1958
1959@end table
1960
669fac23
DJ
1961@node Stack Frames
1962@chapter Stack Frames
1963
1964@cindex frame
1965@cindex call stack frame
1966A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
1967and called functions.
1968
1969@cindex unwind frame
1970@value{GDBN}'s frame model, a fresh design, was implemented with the
1971need to support @sc{dwarf}'s Call Frame Information in mind. In fact,
1972the term ``unwind'' is taken directly from that specification.
1973Developers wishing to learn more about unwinders, are encouraged to
1974read the @sc{dwarf} specification, available from
1975@url{http://www.dwarfstd.org}.
1976
1977@findex frame_register_unwind
1978@findex get_frame_register
1979@value{GDBN}'s model is that you find a frame's registers by
1980``unwinding'' them from the next younger frame. That is,
1981@samp{get_frame_register} which returns the value of a register in
1982frame #1 (the next-to-youngest frame), is implemented by calling frame
1983#0's @code{frame_register_unwind} (the youngest frame). But then the
1984obvious question is: how do you access the registers of the youngest
1985frame itself?
1986
1987@cindex sentinel frame
1988@findex get_frame_type
1989@vindex SENTINEL_FRAME
587afa38 1990To answer this question, @value{GDBN} has the @dfn{sentinel} frame, the
669fac23
DJ
1991``-1st'' frame. Unwinding registers from the sentinel frame gives you
1992the current values of the youngest real frame's registers. If @var{f}
1993is a sentinel frame, then @code{get_frame_type (@var{f}) @equiv{}
1994SENTINEL_FRAME}.
1995
1996@section Selecting an Unwinder
1997
1998@findex frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder
1999@findex frame_unwind_append_unwinder
2000The architecture registers a list of frame unwinders (@code{struct
2001frame_unwind}), using the functions
2002@code{frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder} and
2003@code{frame_unwind_append_unwinder}. Each unwinder includes a
2004sniffer. Whenever @value{GDBN} needs to unwind a frame (to fetch the
2005previous frame's registers or the current frame's ID), it calls
2006registered sniffers in order to find one which recognizes the frame.
2007The first time a sniffer returns non-zero, the corresponding unwinder
2008is assigned to the frame.
2009
2010@section Unwinding the Frame ID
2011@cindex frame ID
2012
2013Every frame has an associated ID, of type @code{struct frame_id}.
2014The ID includes the stack base and function start address for
2015the frame. The ID persists through the entire life of the frame,
2016including while other called frames are running; it is used to
2017locate an appropriate @code{struct frame_info} from the cache.
2018
2019Every time the inferior stops, and at various other times, the frame
2020cache is flushed. Because of this, parts of @value{GDBN} which need
2021to keep track of individual frames cannot use pointers to @code{struct
2022frame_info}. A frame ID provides a stable reference to a frame, even
2023when the unwinder must be run again to generate a new @code{struct
2024frame_info} for the same frame.
2025
2026The frame's unwinder's @code{this_id} method is called to find the ID.
2027Note that this is different from register unwinding, where the next
2028frame's @code{prev_register} is called to unwind this frame's
2029registers.
2030
2031Both stack base and function address are required to identify the
2032frame, because a recursive function has the same function address for
2033two consecutive frames and a leaf function may have the same stack
2034address as its caller. On some platforms, a third address is part of
2035the ID to further disambiguate frames---for instance, on IA-64
2036the separate register stack address is included in the ID.
2037
005ca36a 2038An invalid frame ID (@code{outer_frame_id}) returned from the
669fac23
DJ
2039@code{this_id} method means to stop unwinding after this frame.
2040
005ca36a
JB
2041@code{null_frame_id} is another invalid frame ID which should be used
2042when there is no frame. For instance, certain breakpoints are attached
2043to a specific frame, and that frame is identified through its frame ID
2044(we use this to implement the "finish" command). Using
2045@code{null_frame_id} as the frame ID for a given breakpoint means
2046that the breakpoint is not specific to any frame. The @code{this_id}
2047method should never return @code{null_frame_id}.
2048
669fac23
DJ
2049@section Unwinding Registers
2050
2051Each unwinder includes a @code{prev_register} method. This method
2052takes a frame, an associated cache pointer, and a register number.
2053It returns a @code{struct value *} describing the requested register,
2054as saved by this frame. This is the value of the register that is
2055current in this frame's caller.
2056
2057The returned value must have the same type as the register. It may
2058have any lvalue type. In most circumstances one of these routines
2059will generate the appropriate value:
2060
2061@table @code
2062@item frame_unwind_got_optimized
2063@findex frame_unwind_got_optimized
2064This register was not saved.
2065
2066@item frame_unwind_got_register
2067@findex frame_unwind_got_register
2068This register was copied into another register in this frame. This
2069is also used for unchanged registers; they are ``copied'' into the
2070same register.
2071
2072@item frame_unwind_got_memory
2073@findex frame_unwind_got_memory
2074This register was saved in memory.
2075
2076@item frame_unwind_got_constant
2077@findex frame_unwind_got_constant
2078This register was not saved, but the unwinder can compute the previous
2079value some other way.
2080
2081@item frame_unwind_got_address
2082@findex frame_unwind_got_address
2083Same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}, except that the value is a target
2084address. This is frequently used for the stack pointer, which is not
2085explicitly saved but has a known offset from this frame's stack
2086pointer. For architectures with a flat unified address space, this is
2087generally the same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}.
2088@end table
2089
c906108c
SS
2090@node Symbol Handling
2091
2092@chapter Symbol Handling
2093
1f70da6a
SS
2094Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include
2095variables, functions, and types.
2096
2097Symbol information for a large program can be truly massive, and
2098reading of symbol information is one of the major performance
2099bottlenecks in @value{GDBN}; it can take many minutes to process it
2100all. Studies have shown that nearly all the time spent is
2101computational, rather than file reading.
2102
2103One of the ways for @value{GDBN} to provide a good user experience is
2104to start up quickly, taking no more than a few seconds. It is simply
2105not possible to process all of a program's debugging info in that
2106time, and so we attempt to handle symbols incrementally. For instance,
2107we create @dfn{partial symbol tables} consisting of only selected
2108symbols, and only expand them to full symbol tables when necessary.
c906108c
SS
2109
2110@section Symbol Reading
2111
56caf160
EZ
2112@cindex symbol reading
2113@cindex reading of symbols
2114@cindex symbol files
2115@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
2116file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
2117debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
2118symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1f70da6a
SS
2119more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands. In
2120addition, it may bring in more symbols while loading shared
2121libraries.
56caf160
EZ
2122
2123@findex find_sym_fns
2124Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
2125the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
2126of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
2127this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
2128
2129@findex add_symtab_fns
2130@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
2131@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
2132Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
2133@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
2134to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
2135name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
2136and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 2137times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
2138prefix.
2139
2140The functions supplied by each module are:
2141
2142@table @code
2143@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
2144
56caf160 2145@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
2146Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
2147symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
2148resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
2149read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
2150might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
2151whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
2152
2153The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
2154@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
2155new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
2156and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
2157information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
2158in the @code{private} field.
2159
2160There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
2161@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
2162
2163@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
2164
2165Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
2166This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
2167state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
2168@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
2169arguments and no result. It may be called after
2170@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
2171may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
2172
2173@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
2174
2175Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
2176symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
2177
56caf160 2178@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
2179@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
2180the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
2181address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
c1468174 2182table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g., shared library
c906108c
SS
2183or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
2184@end table
2185
2186In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
2187@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
2188to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 2189from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
2190
2191@table @code
2192@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
2193
56caf160 2194Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
2195the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
2196pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
2197symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
2198@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
2199zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
2200@end table
2201
2202@section Partial Symbol Tables
2203
56caf160 2204@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
2205
2206@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2207@cindex full symbol table
2208@cindex symtabs
2209@item
2210Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
2211information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 2212
56caf160
EZ
2213@cindex psymtabs
2214@item
2215Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
2216information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
2217symbol table.
2218
56caf160
EZ
2219@cindex minimal symbol table
2220@cindex minsymtabs
2221@item
2222Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 2223gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
2224@end itemize
2225
56caf160 2226@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
2227This section describes partial symbol tables.
2228
2229A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
2230file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 2231extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 2232need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 2233information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
2234quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
2235pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
2236the user.
2237@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
2238
2239The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
2240visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
2241that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 2242types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
2243
2244The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
2245full symbol table would represent.
2246
56caf160
EZ
2247@cindex finding a symbol
2248@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
2249The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
2250code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
2251
2252@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2253@findex find_pc_function
2254@findex find_pc_line
2255@item
c1468174 2256By its address (e.g., execution stops at some address which is inside a
56caf160
EZ
2257function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
2258range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
2259@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
2260@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 2261
56caf160
EZ
2262@cindex lookup_symbol
2263@item
2264By its name
c1468174 2265(e.g., the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
c906108c
SS
2266function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
2267psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
2268have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
2269case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 2270qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
2271local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
2272does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
2273@end itemize
2274
2275The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
2276at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
2277while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
2278psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
2279them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
2280either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
2281name.
2282
56caf160
EZ
2283It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
2284been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
2285in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
2286all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
2287ranges.
c906108c 2288
56caf160 2289The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
2290thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
2291be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
2292bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
2293and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
2294on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
2295unless you want to do a lot more work.
2296
2297@section Types
2298
56caf160 2299@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 2300
56caf160 2301@cindex fundamental types
25822942 2302These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
2303types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
2304into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
2305that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
2306knows about.
c906108c 2307
56caf160 2308@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 2309
56caf160
EZ
2310@cindex type codes
2311Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
2312of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
2313@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
2314which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
2315types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
2316other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
2317or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 2318
56caf160 2319@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
2320
2321These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
2322fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
2323use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
2324eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
2325initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
2326@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
2327an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
2328@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
2329only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
2330@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
2331some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
2332
2333@section Object File Formats
56caf160 2334@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
2335
2336@subsection a.out
2337
56caf160
EZ
2338@cindex @code{a.out} format
2339The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
2340consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
2341which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
2342respectively.
c906108c 2343
56caf160 2344The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 2345place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
2346@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
2347format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
2348symbols with distinctive attributes.
2349
56caf160 2350The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
2351
2352@subsection COFF
2353
56caf160 2354@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
2355The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
2356COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
2357number of sections is limited.
2358
2359The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
1f70da6a
SS
2360was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited.
2361For instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
2362included file. GNU's COFF-using configs often use stabs-type info,
2363encapsulated in special sections.
c906108c
SS
2364
2365The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
2366
2367@subsection ECOFF
2368
56caf160 2369@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
2370ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
2371workstations.
2372
2373The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
2374
2375@subsection XCOFF
2376
56caf160 2377@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
2378The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
2379The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
2380symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
2381@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
2382information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
2383
2384The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
2385shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
2386refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
2387relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
2388using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
2389been run (or the core file has been read).
2390
2391@subsection PE
2392
56caf160
EZ
2393@cindex PE-COFF format
2394Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
2395executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
2396
25822942 2397While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
2398COFF reader.
2399
2400@subsection ELF
2401
56caf160 2402@cindex ELF format
1f70da6a
SS
2403The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is
2404similar to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it
2405removes many of COFF's limitations. Debugging info may be either stabs
2406encapsulated in ELF sections, or more commonly these days, DWARF.
c906108c
SS
2407
2408The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
2409
2410@subsection SOM
2411
56caf160 2412@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
2413SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
2414SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
2415
1a92f856 2416The SOM reader is in @file{somread.c}.
c906108c 2417
c906108c
SS
2418@section Debugging File Formats
2419
2420This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
2421are independent of the object file format.
2422
2423@subsection stabs
2424
56caf160 2425@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
2426@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
2427format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
2428formats, such as COFF and ELF.
2429
2430While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
2431including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
2432the real work.
2433
2434@subsection COFF
2435
56caf160 2436@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2437The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
2438of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
2439
2440@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
2441
56caf160 2442@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2443ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
2444
2445The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
2446
1f70da6a
SS
2447@c mention DWARF 1 as a formerly-supported format
2448
c906108c
SS
2449@subsection DWARF 2
2450
56caf160 2451@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
2452DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
2453
2454The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
2455
31fffb02
CS
2456@subsection Compressed DWARF 2
2457
2458@cindex Compressed DWARF 2 debugging info
2459Compressed DWARF 2 is not technically a separate debugging format, but
2460merely DWARF 2 debug information that has been compressed. In this
2461format, every object-file section holding DWARF 2 debugging
2462information is compressed and prepended with a header. (The section
2463is also typically renamed, so a section called @code{.debug_info} in a
2464DWARF 2 binary would be called @code{.zdebug_info} in a compressed
2465DWARF 2 binary.) The header is 12 bytes long:
2466
2467@itemize @bullet
2468@item
24694 bytes: the literal string ``ZLIB''
2470@item
24718 bytes: the uncompressed size of the section, in big-endian byte
2472order.
2473@end itemize
2474
2475The same reader is used for both compressed an normal DWARF 2 info.
2476Section decompression is done in @code{zlib_decompress_section} in
2477@file{dwarf2read.c}.
2478
1f70da6a
SS
2479@subsection DWARF 3
2480
2481@cindex DWARF 3 debugging info
2482DWARF 3 is an improved version of DWARF 2.
2483
c906108c
SS
2484@subsection SOM
2485
56caf160 2486@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
2487Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
2488
25822942 2489@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2490
56caf160
EZ
2491@cindex adding debugging info reader
2492If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
2493there is probably little to be done.
2494
2495If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
2496BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
2497
2498You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
1f70da6a
SS
2499debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping
2500routines from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the
2501debugging information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not
2502depend on the BFD internal data structures.
c906108c
SS
2503
2504For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
2505to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
2506platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
2507will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
2508directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 2509@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 2510
c91d38aa
DJ
2511@section Memory Management for Symbol Files
2512
2513Most memory associated with a loaded symbol file is stored on
2514its @code{objfile_obstack}. This includes symbols, types,
2515namespace data, and other information produced by the symbol readers.
2516
2517Because this data lives on the objfile's obstack, it is automatically
2518released when the objfile is unloaded or reloaded. Therefore one
2519objfile must not reference symbol or type data from another objfile;
2520they could be unloaded at different times.
2521
2522User convenience variables, et cetera, have associated types. Normally
2523these types live in the associated objfile. However, when the objfile
2524is unloaded, those types are deep copied to global memory, so that
2525the values of the user variables and history items are not lost.
2526
c906108c
SS
2527
2528@node Language Support
2529
2530@chapter Language Support
2531
56caf160
EZ
2532@cindex language support
2533@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
2534although it is possible for the user to set the source language
2535manually.
c906108c 2536
56caf160
EZ
2537@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
2538of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
2539means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
2540identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 2541
25822942 2542@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2543
56caf160
EZ
2544@cindex adding source language
2545To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
2546following steps:
c906108c
SS
2547
2548@table @emph
2549@item Create the expression parser.
2550
56caf160 2551@cindex expression parser
c906108c 2552This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 2553building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
2554@file{parse.c}.
2555
56caf160 2556@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
2557Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
2558parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 2559@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
2560various parsers from defining the same global names:
2561
474c8240 2562@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
2563#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
2564#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
2565#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
2566#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
2567#define yychar @var{lang}_char
2568#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
2569#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
2570#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
2571#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
2572#define yydef @var{lang}_def
2573#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
2574#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
2575#define yyact @var{lang}_act
2576#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
2577#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
2578#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 2579@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
2580
2581At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
2582initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
2583@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 2584@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
2585that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
2586and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
2587@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
2588language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
2589for more information.
2590
2591@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
2592
56caf160
EZ
2593@cindex expression evaluation routines
2594@findex evaluate_subexp
2595@findex prefixify_subexp
2596@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
2597If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
2598add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
2599code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
2600defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 2601for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 2602@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
2603the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
2604
2605@item Update some existing code
2606
2607Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
2608@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
2609
2610Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
2611These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
2612are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
2613statement, an error is reported.
2614
56caf160 2615@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
2616Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
2617@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
2618@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
2619string.
2620
56caf160 2621@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2622Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2623language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2624dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2625
56caf160 2626@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2627Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2628code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2629This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2630Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2631file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2632information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2633code.
2634
56caf160
EZ
2635@findex print_subexp
2636@findex op_print_tab
2637Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2638expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2639printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2640
2641@item Add a place of call
2642
56caf160 2643@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2644Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2645@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c 2646
c906108c
SS
2647@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2648
2649Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2650variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2651not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2652distribution!
c906108c
SS
2653@end table
2654
2655
2656@node Host Definition
2657
2658@chapter Host Definition
2659
56caf160 2660With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2661definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2662mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2663
2664@section Adding a New Host
2665
56caf160
EZ
2666@cindex adding a new host
2667@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2668@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2669New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2670@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2671below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2672eventually disappear.
c906108c 2673
c906108c 2674@table @file
c906108c 2675@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
1f70da6a
SS
2676This file is a Makefile fragment that once contained both host and
2677native configuration information (@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the
2678machine @var{xyz}. The host configuration information is now handled
2679by Autoconf.
7fd60527 2680
1f70da6a 2681Host configuration information included definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2682@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2683@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2684
1f70da6a 2685New host-only configurations do not need this file.
c906108c 2686
c906108c
SS
2687@end table
2688
1f70da6a
SS
2689(Files named @file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h} were once
2690used to define host-specific macros, but were no longer needed and
2691have all been removed.)
2692
c906108c
SS
2693@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2694
56caf160 2695@cindex generic host support
c906108c 2696There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
1f70da6a 2697various systems.
c906108c
SS
2698
2699@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2700@cindex remote debugging support
2701@cindex serial line support
c906108c 2702@item ser-unix.c
1f70da6a
SS
2703This contains serial line support for Unix systems. It is included by
2704default on all Unix-like hosts.
2705
2706@item ser-pipe.c
2707This contains serial pipe support for Unix systems. It is included by
2708default on all Unix-like hosts.
2709
2710@item ser-mingw.c
2711This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under
2712Windows using MinGW.
c906108c
SS
2713
2714@item ser-go32.c
2715This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2716using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2717
56caf160 2718@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c 2719@item ser-tcp.c
1f70da6a
SS
2720This contains generic TCP support using sockets. It is included by
2721default on all Unix-like hosts and with MinGW.
c906108c
SS
2722@end table
2723
2724@section Host Conditionals
2725
56caf160
EZ
2726When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2727defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
1f70da6a
SS
2728attributes of the host system. While formerly they could be set in
2729host-specific header files, at present they can be changed only by
2730setting @code{CFLAGS} when building, or by editing the source code.
2731
2732These macros and their meanings (or if the meaning is not documented
2733here, then one of the source files where they are used is indicated)
2734are:
c906108c 2735
56caf160 2736@ftable @code
25822942 2737@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2738The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2739@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2740
c906108c
SS
2741@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2742If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2743of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2744
2745@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2746Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2747the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2748
c906108c 2749@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2750@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2751Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2752line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2753characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2754which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2755mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2756
2757@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2758@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2759The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2760
2761@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2762@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2763The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2764
c906108c
SS
2765@item ISATTY
2766Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2767
1f70da6a
SS
2768@item FOPEN_RB
2769Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
c906108c
SS
2770
2771@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2772@cindex @code{long long} data type
2773Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2774by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2775
2776@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2777Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2778the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2779@code{configure} script.
c906108c 2780
c906108c
SS
2781@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2782Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2783@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2784is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2785
c906108c
SS
2786@item NORETURN
2787If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile},
2788that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to
2789indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly
2790if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined.
2791
2792@item ATTR_NORETURN
2793If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as
2794@code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations
2795of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already
2796set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be
2797defined.
2798
c906108c 2799@item lint
56caf160 2800Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2801
2802@item volatile
2803Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2804@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2805@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2806
2807
2808@node Target Architecture Definition
2809
2810@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2811
56caf160
EZ
2812@cindex target architecture definition
2813@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2814machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2815with them.
c906108c 2816
af6c57ea
AC
2817The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2818@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2819using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2820
b6fd0dfb
NR
2821@menu
2822* OS ABI Variant Handling::
2823* Initialize New Architecture::
2824* Registers and Memory::
2825* Pointers and Addresses::
2826* Address Classes::
587afa38 2827* Register Representation::
b6fd0dfb
NR
2828* Frame Interpretation::
2829* Inferior Call Setup::
b39f4988 2830* Adding support for debugging core files::
587afa38 2831* Defining Other Architecture Features::
b6fd0dfb 2832* Adding a New Target::
b6fd0dfb
NR
2833@end menu
2834
2835@node OS ABI Variant Handling
70f80edf
JT
2836@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2837@cindex OS ABI variants
2838
2839@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2840ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2841variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2842components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2843
2844A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2845(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2846OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2847to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2848considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2849overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2850architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2851different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2852OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2853examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2854sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2855
2856@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2857A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2858selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2859for each BFD architecture.
2860
f4b3909f 2861The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{defs.h}:
70f80edf
JT
2862
2863@table @code
2864
f4b3909f
EZ
2865@findex GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2866@item GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2867Used for struct gdbarch_info if ABI is still uninitialized.
2868
70f80edf
JT
2869@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2870@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2871The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2872settings for the architecture will be used.
2873
2874@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2875@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
f4b3909f 2876UNIX System V Release 4.
70f80edf
JT
2877
2878@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2879@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
f4b3909f 2880GNU using the Hurd kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2881
2882@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2883@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
f4b3909f 2884Sun Solaris.
70f80edf
JT
2885
2886@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2887@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
f4b3909f 2888OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
70f80edf
JT
2889
2890@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2891@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
f4b3909f 2892GNU using the Linux kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2893
2894@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2895@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2896FreeBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2897
2898@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2899@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
f4b3909f 2900FreeBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2901
2902@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2903@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2904NetBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2905
2906@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2907@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
f4b3909f
EZ
2908NetBSD using the ELF executable format.
2909
2910@findex GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2911@item GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2912OpenBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2913
2914@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2915@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
f4b3909f 2916Windows CE.
70f80edf 2917
1029b7fa
MK
2918@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2919@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
f4b3909f 2920DJGPP.
1029b7fa 2921
f4b3909f
EZ
2922@findex GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2923@item GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2924Irix.
2925
f4b3909f
EZ
2926@findex GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2927@item GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2928Interix (Posix layer for MS-Windows systems).
1029b7fa 2929
f4b3909f
EZ
2930@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2931@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2932HP/UX using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf 2933
f4b3909f
EZ
2934@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2935@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2936HP/UX using the SOM executable format.
70f80edf 2937
f4b3909f
EZ
2938@findex GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2939@item GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2940QNX Neutrino.
2941
2942@findex GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2943@item GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2944Cygwin.
2945
2946@findex GDB_OSABI_AIX
2947@item GDB_OSABI_AIX
2948AIX.
70f80edf
JT
2949
2950@end table
2951
2952Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2953
587afa38 2954@deftypefun {const char *} gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
70f80edf
JT
2955Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2956@end deftypefun
2957
c133ab7a 2958@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2959Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2960architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2961@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2962machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2963will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2964@end deftypefun
2965
2966@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2967Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2968BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2969If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2970be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2971any architecture.
2972@end deftypefun
2973
587afa38 2974@deftypefun {enum gdb_osabi} gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
70f80edf
JT
2975Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2976The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2977be determined.
2978@end deftypefun
2979
2980@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2981Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2982@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2983corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2984architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2985with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2986@end deftypefun
2987
f4b3909f
EZ
2988@deftypefun void generic_elf_osabi_sniff_abi_tag_sections (bfd *@var{abfd}, asection *@var{sect}, void *@var{obj})
2989Helper routine for ELF file sniffers. Examine the file described by
2990@var{abfd} and look at ABI tag note sections to determine the OS ABI
2991from the note. This function should be called via
2992@code{bfd_map_over_sections}.
2993@end deftypefun
2994
b6fd0dfb 2995@node Initialize New Architecture
7a107747
DJ
2996@section Initializing a New Architecture
2997
587afa38
EZ
2998@menu
2999* How an Architecture is Represented::
3000* Looking Up an Existing Architecture::
3001* Creating a New Architecture::
3002@end menu
3003
3004@node How an Architecture is Represented
3005@subsection How an Architecture is Represented
3006@cindex architecture representation
3007@cindex representation of architecture
3008
7a107747 3009Each @code{gdbarch} is associated with a single @sc{bfd} architecture,
587afa38
EZ
3010via a @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}} in the @code{bfd_architecture}
3011enumeration. The @code{gdbarch} is registered by a call to
3012@code{register_gdbarch_init}, usually from the file's
3013@code{_initialize_@var{filename}} routine, which will be automatically
3014called during @value{GDBN} startup. The arguments are a @sc{bfd}
3015architecture constant and an initialization function.
3016
3017@findex _initialize_@var{arch}_tdep
3018@cindex @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}
3019A @value{GDBN} description for a new architecture, @var{arch} is created by
3020defining a global function @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep}, by
3021convention in the source file @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}. For example,
3022in the case of the OpenRISC 1000, this function is called
3023@code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} and is found in the file
3024@file{or1k-tdep.c}.
3025
3026@cindex @file{configure.tgt}
3027@cindex @code{gdbarch}
3028@findex gdbarch_register
3029The resulting object files containing the implementation of the
3030@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function are specified in the @value{GDBN}
3031@file{configure.tgt} file, which includes a large case statement
3032pattern matching against the @code{--target} option of the
3033@code{configure} script. The new @code{struct gdbarch} is created
3034within the @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function by calling
3035@code{gdbarch_register}:
3036
3037@smallexample
3038void gdbarch_register (enum bfd_architecture @var{architecture},
3039 gdbarch_init_ftype *@var{init_func},
3040 gdbarch_dump_tdep_ftype *@var{tdep_dump_func});
3041@end smallexample
3042
3043The @var{architecture} will identify the unique @sc{bfd} to be
3044associated with this @code{gdbarch}. The @var{init_func} funciton is
3045called to create and return the new @code{struct gdbarch}. The
3046@var{tdep_dump_func} function will dump the target specific details
3047associated with this architecture.
3048
3049For example the function @code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} creates its
3050architecture for 32-bit OpenRISC 1000 architectures by calling:
3051
3052@smallexample
3053gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_or32, or1k_gdbarch_init, or1k_dump_tdep);
3054@end smallexample
3055
3056@node Looking Up an Existing Architecture
3057@subsection Looking Up an Existing Architecture
3058@cindex @code{gdbarch} lookup
7a107747 3059
587afa38 3060The initialization function has this prototype:
7a107747
DJ
3061
3062@smallexample
3063static struct gdbarch *
3064@var{arch}_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info @var{info},
3065 struct gdbarch_list *@var{arches})
3066@end smallexample
3067
3068The @var{info} argument contains parameters used to select the correct
3069architecture, and @var{arches} is a list of architectures which
3070have already been created with the same @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}}
3071value.
3072
3073The initialization function should first make sure that @var{info}
3074is acceptable, and return @code{NULL} if it is not. Then, it should
3075search through @var{arches} for an exact match to @var{info}, and
3076return one if found. Lastly, if no exact match was found, it should
3077create a new architecture based on @var{info} and return it.
3078
587afa38
EZ
3079@findex gdbarch_list_lookup_by_info
3080@cindex @code{gdbarch_info}
3081The lookup is done using @code{gdbarch_list_lookup_by_info}. It is
3082passed the list of existing architectures, @var{arches}, and the
3083@code{struct gdbarch_info}, @var{info}, and returns the first matching
3084architecture it finds, or @code{NULL} if none are found. If an
3085architecture is found it can be returned as the result from the
3086initialization function, otherwise a new @code{struct gdbach} will need
3087to be created.
3088
3089The struct gdbarch_info has the following components:
3090
3091@smallexample
3092struct gdbarch_info
3093@{
3094 const struct bfd_arch_info *bfd_arch_info;
3095 int byte_order;
3096 bfd *abfd;
3097 struct gdbarch_tdep_info *tdep_info;
3098 enum gdb_osabi osabi;
3099 const struct target_desc *target_desc;
3100@};
3101@end smallexample
3102
3103@vindex bfd_arch_info
3104The @code{bfd_arch_info} member holds the key details about the
3105architecture. The @code{byte_order} member is a value in an
3106enumeration indicating the endianism. The @code{abfd} member is a
3107pointer to the full @sc{bfd}, the @code{tdep_info} member is
3108additional custom target specific information, @code{osabi} identifies
3109which (if any) of a number of operating specific ABIs are used by this
3110architecture and the @code{target_desc} member is a set of name-value
3111pairs with information about register usage in this target.
3112
3113When the @code{struct gdbarch} initialization function is called, not
3114all the fields are provided---only those which can be deduced from the
3115@sc{bfd}. The @code{struct gdbarch_info}, @var{info} is used as a
3116look-up key with the list of existing architectures, @var{arches} to
3117see if a suitable architecture already exists. The @var{tdep_info},
3118@var{osabi} and @var{target_desc} fields may be added before this
3119lookup to refine the search.
3120
7a107747
DJ
3121Only information in @var{info} should be used to choose the new
3122architecture. Historically, @var{info} could be sparse, and
3123defaults would be collected from the first element on @var{arches}.
3124However, @value{GDBN} now fills in @var{info} more thoroughly,
3125so new @code{gdbarch} initialization functions should not take
3126defaults from @var{arches}.
3127
587afa38
EZ
3128@node Creating a New Architecture
3129@subsection Creating a New Architecture
3130@cindex @code{struct gdbarch} creation
3131
3132@findex gdbarch_alloc
3133@cindex @code{gdbarch_tdep} when allocating new @code{gdbarch}
3134If no architecture is found, then a new architecture must be created,
3135by calling @code{gdbarch_alloc} using the supplied @code{@w{struct
3136gdbarch_info}} and any additional custom target specific
3137information in a @code{struct gdbarch_tdep}. The prototype for
3138@code{gdbarch_alloc} is:
3139
3140@smallexample
3141struct gdbarch *gdbarch_alloc (const struct gdbarch_info *@var{info},
3142 struct gdbarch_tdep *@var{tdep});
3143@end smallexample
3144
3145@cindex @code{set_gdbarch} functions
3146@cindex @code{gdbarch} accessor functions
3147The newly created struct gdbarch must then be populated. Although
3148there are default values, in most cases they are not what is
3149required.
3150
3151For each element, @var{X}, there is are a pair of corresponding accessor
3152functions, one to set the value of that element,
3153@code{set_gdbarch_@var{X}}, the second to either get the value of an
3154element (if it is a variable) or to apply the element (if it is a
3155function), @code{gdbarch_@var{X}}. Note that both accessor functions
3156take a pointer to the @code{@w{struct gdbarch}} as first
3157argument. Populating the new @code{gdbarch} should use the
3158@code{set_gdbarch} functions.
3159
3160The following sections identify the main elements that should be set
3161in this way. This is not the complete list, but represents the
3162functions and elements that must commonly be specified for a new
3163architecture. Many of the functions and variables are described in the
3164header file @file{gdbarch.h}.
3165
3166This is the main work in defining a new architecture. Implementing the
3167set of functions to populate the @code{struct gdbarch}.
3168
3169@cindex @code{gdbarch_tdep} definition
3170@code{struct gdbarch_tdep} is not defined within @value{GDBN}---it is up
3171to the user to define this struct if it is needed to hold custom target
3172information that is not covered by the standard @code{@w{struct
3173gdbarch}}. For example with the OpenRISC 1000 architecture it is used to
3174hold the number of matchpoints available in the target (along with other
3175information).
3176
3177If there is no additional target specific information, it can be set to
3178@code{NULL}.
3179
b6fd0dfb 3180@node Registers and Memory
c906108c
SS
3181@section Registers and Memory
3182
56caf160
EZ
3183@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
3184@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
3185block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 3186
56caf160
EZ
3187@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
3188compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
3189that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
3190to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
4a9bb1df 3191and to reflect that in the @code{gdbarch_register_name} and related functions.
c906108c 3192
25822942 3193@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 3194
b6fd0dfb 3195@node Pointers and Addresses
93e79dbd
JB
3196@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
3197@cindex pointer representation
3198@cindex address representation
3199@cindex word-addressed machines
3200@cindex separate data and code address spaces
3201@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
3202@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
3203@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
3204@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
3205@cindex D10V addresses
3206
3207On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
3208indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
3209whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 3210machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
3211However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
3212address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
3213identity, and allows a larger code address space.
3214
1f70da6a
SS
3215@c D10V is gone from sources - more current example?
3216
172c2a43 3217For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
3218instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
3219actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
3220jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
3221full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
3222If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
3223then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
3224However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
3225low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
3226zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
3227the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
3228refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
3229code space.
3230
3231However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
3232forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
3233@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
3234@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
3235
3236(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
3237affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
3238going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
3239
56caf160
EZ
3240To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
3241one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
3242byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
3243of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
3244@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
3245@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
3246@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
3247and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
3248
3249Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
3250processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
3251each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
3252distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
3253clean up some architecture-independent code.
3254
3255Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
3256
3257@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
3258Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
3259@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
3260appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
3261@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
3262@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3263inferior's.
3264
3265For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3266extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
3267@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
3268D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
3269@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
3270
3271If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3272will signal an internal error.
3273@end deftypefun
3274
3275@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3276Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
3277pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
3278@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3279inferior's.
3280
3281For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3282stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
3283appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
3284is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
3285a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
3286
3287If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3288will signal an internal error.
3289@end deftypefun
3290
f23631e4 3291@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
3292Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
3293as appropriate for the current architecture.
3294
3295This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
3296For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
3297described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
3298@end deftypefun
3299
3300@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3301Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
3302the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
3303This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
3304above for @code{store_typed_address}.
3305@end deftypefun
3306
4a9bb1df 3307Here are two functions which architectures can define to indicate the
93e79dbd
JB
3308relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
3309definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 3310simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd 3311
473f94e6 3312@deftypefun CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
93e79dbd
JB
3313Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3314appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3315address the pointer refers to.
3316
3317This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3318C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3319@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3320
473f94e6 3321@deftypefun void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
93e79dbd
JB
3322Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3323@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
3324
3325This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3326C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3327@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3328
b6fd0dfb 3329@node Address Classes
b5b0480a
KB
3330@section Address Classes
3331@cindex address classes
3332@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
3333@cindex DW_AT_address_class
3334
3335Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
3336via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
3337define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
3338distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
3339info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
3340address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
3341following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
3342types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
3343a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
3344
473f94e6 3345@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
b5b0480a
KB
3346Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
3347is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
3348This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
3349@file{dwarf2read.c}.
4a9bb1df 3350@end deftypefun
b5b0480a 3351
473f94e6 3352@deftypefun {char *} gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{type_flags})
b5b0480a
KB
3353Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
3354its name.
4a9bb1df 3355@end deftypefun
473f94e6 3356@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{name}, int *@var{type_flags_ptr})
d3e8051b 3357Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
b5b0480a 3358for that address class qualifier.
4a9bb1df 3359@end deftypefun
b5b0480a
KB
3360
3361Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
4a9bb1df
UW
3362the address class functions are defined by default. Predicate
3363functions are provided to detect when they are defined.
b5b0480a
KB
3364
3365Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
336632-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
3367suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
3368uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
3369of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
4a9bb1df 3370to implement the address class functions:
b5b0480a
KB
3371
3372@smallexample
3373somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
3374 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 3375@{
b5b0480a
KB
3376 if (byte_size == 2)
3377 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3378 else
3379 return 0;
f2abfe65 3380@}
b5b0480a
KB
3381
3382static char *
3383somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 3384@{
b5b0480a
KB
3385 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
3386 return "short";
3387 else
3388 return NULL;
f2abfe65 3389@}
b5b0480a
KB
3390
3391int
3392somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
3393 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 3394@{
b5b0480a 3395 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 3396 @{
b5b0480a
KB
3397 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3398 return 1;
f2abfe65 3399 @}
b5b0480a
KB
3400 else
3401 return 0;
f2abfe65 3402@}
b5b0480a
KB
3403@end smallexample
3404
3405The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
587afa38
EZ
3406to indicate the presence of one of these ``short'' pointers. For
3407example if the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is
3408one of these short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following
3409behavior:
b5b0480a
KB
3410
3411@smallexample
3412(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
3413type = int * @@short
3414@end smallexample
3415
93e79dbd 3416
587afa38
EZ
3417@node Register Representation
3418@section Register Representation
3419
3420@menu
3421* Raw and Cooked Registers::
3422* Register Architecture Functions & Variables::
3423* Register Information Functions::
3424* Register and Memory Data::
3425* Register Caching::
3426@end menu
3427
3428@node Raw and Cooked Registers
3429@subsection Raw and Cooked Registers
13d01224 3430@cindex raw register representation
587afa38
EZ
3431@cindex cooked register representation
3432@cindex representations, raw and cooked registers
3433
3434@value{GDBN} considers registers to be a set with members numbered
3435linearly from 0 upwards. The first part of that set corresponds to real
3436physical registers, the second part to any @dfn{pseudo-registers}.
3437Pseudo-registers have no independent physical existence, but are useful
3438representations of information within the architecture. For example the
3439OpenRISC 1000 architecture has up to 32 general purpose registers, which
3440are typically represented as 32-bit (or 64-bit) integers. However the
3441GPRs are also used as operands to the floating point operations, and it
3442could be convenient to define a set of pseudo-registers, to show the
3443GPRs represented as floating point values.
3444
3445For any architecture, the implementer will decide on a mapping from
3446hardware to @value{GDBN} register numbers. The registers corresponding to real
3447hardware are referred to as @dfn{raw} registers, the remaining registers are
3448@dfn{pseudo-registers}. The total register set (raw and pseudo) is called
3449the @dfn{cooked} register set.
3450
3451
3452@node Register Architecture Functions & Variables
3453@subsection Functions and Variables Specifying the Register Architecture
3454@cindex @code{gdbarch} register architecture functions
3455
3456These @code{struct gdbarch} functions and variables specify the number
3457and type of registers in the architecture.
3458
3459@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR read_pc (struct regcache *@var{regcache})
3460@end deftypefn
3461@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void write_pc (struct regcache *@var{regcache}, CORE_ADDR @var{val})
13d01224 3462
587afa38
EZ
3463Read or write the program counter. The default value of both
3464functions is @code{NULL} (no function available). If the program
3465counter is just an ordinary register, it can be specified in
3466@code{struct gdbarch} instead (see @code{pc_regnum} below) and it will
3467be read or written using the standard routines to access registers. This
3468function need only be specified if the program counter is not an
3469ordinary register.
3470
3471Any register information can be obtained using the supplied register
3472cache, @var{regcache}. @xref{Register Caching, , Register Caching}.
3473
3474@end deftypefn
3475
3476@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void pseudo_register_read (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, int @var{regnum}, const gdb_byte *@var{buf})
3477@end deftypefn
3478@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void pseudo_register_write (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, int @var{regnum}, const gdb_byte *@var{buf})
3479
3480These functions should be defined if there are any pseudo-registers.
3481The default value is @code{NULL}. @var{regnum} is the number of the
3482register to read or write (which will be a @dfn{cooked} register
3483number) and @var{buf} is the buffer where the value read will be
3484placed, or from which the value to be written will be taken. The
3485value in the buffer may be converted to or from a signed or unsigned
3486integral value using one of the utility functions (@pxref{Register and
d0384fc4 3487Memory Data, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
587afa38 3488Representations}).
af6c57ea 3489
587afa38
EZ
3490The access should be for the specified architecture,
3491@var{gdbarch}. Any register information can be obtained using the
3492supplied register cache, @var{regcache}. @xref{Register Caching, ,
3493Register Caching}.
9fb4dd36 3494
587afa38 3495@end deftypefn
13d01224 3496
587afa38
EZ
3497@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int sp_regnum
3498@vindex sp_regnum
3499@cindex stack pointer
3500@cindex @kbd{$sp}
9fb4dd36 3501
587afa38
EZ
3502This specifies the register holding the stack pointer, which may be a
3503raw or pseudo-register. It defaults to -1 (not defined), but it is an
3504error for it not to be defined.
9fb4dd36 3505
587afa38
EZ
3506The value of the stack pointer register can be accessed withing
3507@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$sp}.
3508
3509@end deftypevr
3510
3511@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int pc_regnum
3512@vindex pc_regnum
3513@cindex program counter
3514@cindex @kbd{$pc}
3515
3516This specifies the register holding the program counter, which may be a
3517raw or pseudo-register. It defaults to -1 (not defined). If
3518@code{pc_regnum} is not defined, then the functions @code{read_pc} and
3519@code{write_pc} (see above) must be defined.
3520
3521The value of the program counter (whether defined as a register, or
3522through @code{read_pc} and @code{write_pc}) can be accessed withing
3523@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$pc}.
3524
3525@end deftypevr
3526
3527@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int ps_regnum
3528@vindex ps_regnum
3529@cindex processor status register
3530@cindex status register
3531@cindex @kbd{$ps}
3532
3533This specifies the register holding the processor status (often called
3534the status register), which may be a raw or pseudo-register. It
3535defaults to -1 (not defined).
3536
3537If defined, the value of this register can be accessed withing
3538@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$ps}.
3539
3540@end deftypevr
3541
3542@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int fp0_regnum
3543@vindex fp0_regnum
3544@cindex first floating point register
3545
3546This specifies the first floating point register. It defaults to
35470. @code{fp0_regnum} is not needed unless the target offers support
3548for floating point.
9fb4dd36 3549
587afa38 3550@end deftypevr
9fb4dd36 3551
587afa38
EZ
3552@node Register Information Functions
3553@subsection Functions Giving Register Information
3554@cindex @code{gdbarch} register information functions
9fb4dd36 3555
587afa38
EZ
3556These functions return information about registers.
3557
3558@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {const char *} register_name (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum})
3559
3560This function should convert a register number (raw or pseudo) to a
3561register name (as a C @code{const char *}). This is used both to
3562determine the name of a register for output and to work out the meaning
3563of any register names used as input. The function may also return
3564@code{NULL}, to indicate that @var{regnum} is not a valid register.
3565
3566For example with the OpenRISC 1000, @value{GDBN} registers 0-31 are the
3567General Purpose Registers, register 32 is the program counter and
3568register 33 is the supervision register (i.e.@: the processor status
3569register), which map to the strings @code{"gpr00"} through
3570@code{"gpr31"}, @code{"pc"} and @code{"sr"} respectively. This means
3571that the @value{GDBN} command @kbd{print $gpr5} should print the value of
3572the OR1K general purpose register 5@footnote{
3573@cindex frame pointer
3574@cindex @kbd{$fp}
3575Historically, @value{GDBN} always had a concept of a frame pointer
3576register, which could be accessed via the @value{GDBN} variable,
3577@kbd{$fp}. That concept is now deprecated, recognizing that not all
3578architectures have a frame pointer. However if an architecture does
3579have a frame pointer register, and defines a register or
3580pseudo-register with the name @code{"fp"}, then that register will be
3581used as the value of the @kbd{$fp} variable.}.
3582
3583The default value for this function is @code{NULL}, meaning
3584undefined. It should always be defined.
3585
3586The access should be for the specified architecture, @var{gdbarch}.
6f6ef15a 3587
9fb4dd36
JB
3588@end deftypefn
3589
587afa38 3590@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct type *} register_type (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum})
9fb4dd36 3591
587afa38
EZ
3592Given a register number, this function identifies the type of data it
3593may be holding, specified as a @code{struct type}. @value{GDBN} allows
3594creation of arbitrary types, but a number of built in types are
3595provided (@code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_int32} etc),
3596together with functions to derive types from these.
3597
3598Typically the program counter will have a type of ``pointer to
3599function'' (it points to code), the frame pointer and stack pointer
3600will have types of ``pointer to void'' (they point to data on the stack)
3601and all other integer registers will have a type of 32-bit integer or
360264-bit integer.
3603
3604This information guides the formatting when displaying register
3605information. The default value is @code{NULL} meaning no information is
3606available to guide formatting when displaying registers.
3607
3608@end deftypefn
3609
3610@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_registers_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, int @var{regnum}, int @var{all})
3611
3612Define this function to print out one or all of the registers for the
3613@value{GDBN} @kbd{info registers} command. The default value is the
3614function @code{default_print_registers_info}, which uses the register
3615type information (see @code{register_type} above) to determine how each
3616register should be printed. Define a custom version of this function
3617for fuller control over how the registers are displayed.
3618
3619The access should be for the specified architecture, @var{gdbarch},
3620with output to the the file specified by the User Interface
3621Independent Output file handle, @var{file} (@pxref{UI-Independent
3622Output, , UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out}
3623Functions}).
3624
3625The registers should show their values in the frame specified by
3626@var{frame}. If @var{regnum} is -1 and @var{all} is zero, then all
3627the ``significant'' registers should be shown (the implementer should
3628decide which registers are ``significant''). Otherwise only the value of
3629the register specified by @var{regnum} should be output. If
3630@var{regnum} is -1 and @var{all} is non-zero (true), then the value of
3631all registers should be shown.
3632
3633By default @code{default_print_registers_info} prints one register per
3634line, and if @var{all} is zero omits floating-point registers.
3635
3636@end deftypefn
3637
3638@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_float_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, const char *@var{args})
3639
3640Define this function to provide output about the floating point unit and
3641registers for the @value{GDBN} @kbd{info float} command respectively.
3642The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined), meaning no information
3643will be provided.
3644
3645The @var{gdbarch} and @var{file} and @var{frame} arguments have the same
3646meaning as in the @code{print_registers_info} function above. The string
3647@var{args} contains any supplementary arguments to the @kbd{info float}
3648command.
3649
3650Define this function if the target supports floating point operations.
6f6ef15a 3651
9fb4dd36
JB
3652@end deftypefn
3653
587afa38
EZ
3654@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_vector_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, const char *@var{args})
3655
3656Define this function to provide output about the vector unit and
3657registers for the @value{GDBN} @kbd{info vector} command respectively.
3658The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined), meaning no information
3659will be provided.
3660
3661The @var{gdbarch}, @var{file} and @var{frame} arguments have the
3662same meaning as in the @code{print_registers_info} function above. The
3663string @var{args} contains any supplementary arguments to the @kbd{info
3664vector} command.
3665
3666Define this function if the target supports vector operations.
9fb4dd36 3667
9fb4dd36
JB
3668@end deftypefn
3669
587afa38
EZ
3670@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int register_reggroup_p (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum}, struct reggroup *@var{group})
3671
3672@value{GDBN} groups registers into different categories (general,
3673vector, floating point etc). This function, given a register,
3674@var{regnum}, and group, @var{group}, returns 1 (true) if the register
3675is in the group and 0 (false) otherwise.
3676
3677The information should be for the specified architecture,
3678@var{gdbarch}
3679
3680The default value is the function @code{default_register_reggroup_p}
3681which will do a reasonable job based on the type of the register (see
3682the function @code{register_type} above), with groups for general
3683purpose registers, floating point registers, vector registers and raw
3684(i.e not pseudo) registers.
3685
3686@end deftypefn
9fb4dd36 3687
b6fd0dfb 3688@node Register and Memory Data
587afa38 3689@subsection Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
13d01224
AC
3690@cindex register representation
3691@cindex memory representation
3692@cindex representations, register and memory
3693@cindex register data formats, converting
3694@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
3695
587afa38
EZ
3696Some architectures have different representations of data objects,
3697depending whether the object is held in a register or memory. For
3698example:
13d01224
AC
3699
3700@itemize @bullet
3701
3702@item
3703The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
3704floating-point registers.
3705
3706@item
3707The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
587afa38
EZ
3708@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80
3709bits when stored in a register.
13d01224
AC
3710
3711@end itemize
3712
3713In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
3714the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
3715the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
3716Interface.
3717
3718For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
3719representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
587afa38
EZ
3720However, they do occasionally differ. An architecture may define the
3721following @code{struct gdbarch} functions to request conversions
3722between the register and memory representations of a data type:
13d01224 3723
587afa38 3724@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int gdbarch_convert_register_p (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg})
13d01224 3725
587afa38
EZ
3726Return non-zero (true) if the representation of a data value stored in
3727this register may be different to the representation of that same data
3728value when stored in memory. The default value is @code{NULL}
3729(undefined).
83acabca 3730
587afa38
EZ
3731If this function is defined and returns non-zero, the @code{struct
3732gdbarch} functions @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3733@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} (see below) should be used to perform
3734any necessary conversion.
13d01224 3735
587afa38
EZ
3736If defined, this function should return zero for the register's native
3737type, when no conversion is necessary.
3738@end deftypefn
13d01224 3739
587afa38 3740@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void gdbarch_register_to_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224 3741
587afa38
EZ
3742Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of
3743type @var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value
3744in raw format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at
3745@var{to}.
3746
3747@quotation
3748@emph{Note:} @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3749@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3750arguments in different orders.
3751@end quotation
3752
3753@code{gdbarch_register_to_value} should only be used with registers
3754for which the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a
3755non-zero value.
3756
3757@end deftypefn
3758
3759@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void gdbarch_value_to_register (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224 3760
13d01224
AC
3761Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
3762raw format.
3763
587afa38
EZ
3764@quotation
3765@emph{Note:} @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3766@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3767arguments in different orders.
3768@end quotation
13d01224 3769
587afa38
EZ
3770@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} should only be used with registers
3771for which the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a
3772non-zero value.
3773
3774@end deftypefn
3775
3776@node Register Caching
3777@subsection Register Caching
3778@cindex register caching
3779
3780Caching of registers is used, so that the target does not need to be
3781accessed and reanalyzed multiple times for each register in
3782circumstances where the register value cannot have changed.
3783
3784@cindex @code{struct regcache}
3785@value{GDBN} provides @code{struct regcache}, associated with a
3786particular @code{struct gdbarch} to hold the cached values of the raw
3787registers. A set of functions is provided to access both the raw
3788registers (with @code{raw} in their name) and the full set of cooked
3789registers (with @code{cooked} in their name). Functions are provided
3790to ensure the register cache is kept synchronized with the values of
3791the actual registers in the target.
3792
3793Accessing registers through the @code{struct regcache} routines will
3794ensure that the appropriate @code{struct gdbarch} functions are called
3795when necessary to access the underlying target architecture. In general
3796users should use the @dfn{cooked} functions, since these will map to the
3797@dfn{raw} functions automatically as appropriate.
3798
3799@findex regcache_cooked_read
3800@findex regcache_cooked_write
3801@cindex @code{gdb_byte}
3802@findex regcache_cooked_read_signed
3803@findex regcache_cooked_read_unsigned
3804@findex regcache_cooked_write_signed
3805@findex regcache_cooked_write_unsigned
3806The two key functions are @code{regcache_cooked_read} and
3807@code{regcache_cooked_write} which read or write a register from or to
3808a byte buffer (type @code{gdb_byte *}). For convenience the wrapper
3809functions @code{regcache_cooked_read_signed},
3810@code{regcache_cooked_read_unsigned},
3811@code{regcache_cooked_write_signed} and
3812@code{regcache_cooked_write_unsigned} are provided, which read or
3813write the value using the buffer and convert to or from an integral
3814value as appropriate.
13d01224 3815
b6fd0dfb 3816@node Frame Interpretation
c906108c
SS
3817@section Frame Interpretation
3818
587afa38
EZ
3819@menu
3820* All About Stack Frames::
3821* Frame Handling Terminology::
3822* Prologue Caches::
3823* Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames::
3824* Functions to Access Frame Data::
3825* Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers::
3826@end menu
3827
3828@node All About Stack Frames
3829@subsection All About Stack Frames
3830
3831@value{GDBN} needs to understand the stack on which local (automatic)
3832variables are stored. The area of the stack containing all the local
3833variables for a function invocation is known as the @dfn{stack frame}
3834for that function (or colloquially just as the @dfn{frame}). In turn the
3835function that called the function will have its stack frame, and so on
3836back through the chain of functions that have been called.
3837
3838Almost all architectures have one register dedicated to point to the
3839end of the stack (the @dfn{stack pointer}). Many have a second register
3840which points to the start of the currently active stack frame (the
3841@dfn{frame pointer}). The specific arrangements for an architecture are
3842a key part of the ABI.
3843
3844A diagram helps to explain this. Here is a simple program to compute
3845factorials:
3846
3847@smallexample
3848#include <stdio.h>
3849int fact (int n)
3850@{
3851 if (0 == n)
3852 @{
3853 return 1;
3854 @}
3855 else
3856 @{
3857 return n * fact (n - 1);
3858 @}
3859@}
3860
3861main ()
3862@{
3863 int i;
3864
3865 for (i = 0; i < 10; i++)
3866 @{
3867 int f = fact (i);
3868 printf ("%d! = %d\n", i, f);
3869 @}
3870@}
3871@end smallexample
3872
3873Consider the state of the stack when the code reaches line 6 after the
3874main program has called @code{fact@w{ }(3)}. The chain of function
3875calls will be @code{main ()}, @code{fact@w{ }(3)}, @code{fact@w{
3876}(2)}, @code{@w{fact (1)}} and @code{fact@w{ }(0)}.
3877
3878In this illustration the stack is falling (as used for example by the
3879OpenRISC 1000 ABI). The stack pointer (SP) is at the end of the stack
3880(lowest address) and the frame pointer (FP) is at the highest address
3881in the current stack frame. The following diagram shows how the stack
3882looks.
3883
3884@center @image{stack_frame,14cm}
3885
3886In each stack frame, offset 0 from the stack pointer is the frame
3887pointer of the previous frame and offset 4 (this is illustrating a
388832-bit architecture) from the stack pointer is the return address.
3889Local variables are indexed from the frame pointer, with negative
3890indexes. In the function @code{fact}, offset -4 from the frame
3891pointer is the argument @var{n}. In the @code{main} function, offset
3892-4 from the frame pointer is the local variable @var{i} and offset -8
3893from the frame pointer is the local variable @var{f}@footnote{This is
3894a simplified example for illustrative purposes only. Good optimizing
3895compilers would not put anything on the stack for such simple
3896functions. Indeed they might eliminate the recursion and use of the
3897stack entirely!}.
3898
3899It is very easy to get confused when examining stacks. @value{GDBN}
3900has terminology it uses rigorously throughout. The stack frame of the
3901function currently executing, or where execution stopped is numbered
3902zero. In this example frame #0 is the stack frame of the call to
3903@code{fact@w{ }(0)}. The stack frame of its calling function
3904(@code{fact@w{ }(1)} in this case) is numbered #1 and so on back
3905through the chain of calls.
3906
3907The main @value{GDBN} data structure describing frames is
3908 @code{@w{struct frame_info}}. It is not used directly, but only via
3909its accessor functions. @code{frame_info} includes information about
3910the registers in the frame and a pointer to the code of the function
3911with which the frame is associated. The entire stack is represented as
3912a linked list of @code{frame_info} structs.
3913
3914@node Frame Handling Terminology
3915@subsection Frame Handling Terminology
3916
3917It is easy to get confused when referencing stack frames. @value{GDBN}
3918uses some precise terminology.
3919
3920@itemize @bullet
3921
3922@item
3923@cindex THIS frame
3924@cindex stack frame, definition of THIS frame
3925@cindex frame, definition of THIS frame
3926@dfn{THIS} frame is the frame currently under consideration.
3927
3928@item
3929@cindex NEXT frame
3930@cindex stack frame, definition of NEXT frame
3931@cindex frame, definition of NEXT frame
3932The @dfn{NEXT} frame, also sometimes called the inner or newer frame is the
3933frame of the function called by the function of THIS frame.
3934
3935@item
3936@cindex PREVIOUS frame
3937@cindex stack frame, definition of PREVIOUS frame
3938@cindex frame, definition of PREVIOUS frame
3939The @dfn{PREVIOUS} frame, also sometimes called the outer or older frame is
3940the frame of the function which called the function of THIS frame.
3941
3942@end itemize
3943
3944So in the example in the previous section (@pxref{All About Stack
3945Frames, , All About Stack Frames}), if THIS frame is #3 (the call to
3946@code{fact@w{ }(3)}), the NEXT frame is frame #2 (the call to
3947@code{fact@w{ }(2)}) and the PREVIOUS frame is frame #4 (the call to
3948@code{main@w{ }()}).
3949
3950@cindex innermost frame
3951@cindex stack frame, definition of innermost frame
3952@cindex frame, definition of innermost frame
3953The @dfn{innermost} frame is the frame of the current executing
3954function, or where the program stopped, in this example, in the middle
3955of the call to @code{@w{fact (0))}}. It is always numbered frame #0.
3956
3957@cindex base of a frame
3958@cindex stack frame, definition of base of a frame
3959@cindex frame, definition of base of a frame
3960The @dfn{base} of a frame is the address immediately before the start
3961of the NEXT frame. For a stack which grows down in memory (a
3962@dfn{falling} stack) this will be the lowest address and for a stack
3963which grows up in memory (a @dfn{rising} stack) this will be the
3964highest address in the frame.
3965
3966@value{GDBN} functions to analyze the stack are typically given a
3967pointer to the NEXT frame to determine information about THIS
3968frame. Information about THIS frame includes data on where the
3969registers of the PREVIOUS frame are stored in this stack frame. In
3970this example the frame pointer of the PREVIOUS frame is stored at
3971offset 0 from the stack pointer of THIS frame.
3972
3973@cindex unwinding
3974@cindex stack frame, definition of unwinding
3975@cindex frame, definition of unwinding
3976The process whereby a function is given a pointer to the NEXT
3977frame to work out information about THIS frame is referred to as
3978@dfn{unwinding}. The @value{GDBN} functions involved in this typically
3979include unwind in their name.
3980
3981@cindex sniffing
3982@cindex stack frame, definition of sniffing
3983@cindex frame, definition of sniffing
3984The process of analyzing a target to determine the information that
3985should go in struct frame_info is called @dfn{sniffing}. The functions
3986that carry this out are called sniffers and typically include sniffer
3987in their name. More than one sniffer may be required to extract all
3988the information for a particular frame.
3989
3990@cindex sentinel frame
3991@cindex stack frame, definition of sentinel frame
3992@cindex frame, definition of sentinel frame
3993Because so many functions work using the NEXT frame, there is an issue
3994about addressing the innermost frame---it has no NEXT frame. To solve
3995this @value{GDBN} creates a dummy frame #-1, known as the
3996@dfn{sentinel} frame.
3997
3998@node Prologue Caches
3999@subsection Prologue Caches
4000
4001@cindex function prologue
4002@cindex prologue of a function
4003All the frame sniffing functions typically examine the code at the
4004start of the corresponding function, to determine the state of
4005registers. The ABI will save old values and set new values of key
4006registers at the start of each function in what is known as the
4007function @dfn{prologue}.
4008
4009@cindex prologue cache
4010For any particular stack frame this data does not change, so all the
4011standard unwinding functions, in addition to receiving a pointer to
4012the NEXT frame as their first argument, receive a pointer to a
4013@dfn{prologue cache} as their second argument. This can be used to store
4014values associated with a particular frame, for reuse on subsequent
4015calls involving the same frame.
4016
4017It is up to the user to define the structure used (it is a
4018@code{void@w{ }*} pointer) and arrange allocation and deallocation of
4019storage. However for general use, @value{GDBN} provides
4020@code{@w{struct trad_frame_cache}}, with a set of accessor
4021routines. This structure holds the stack and code address of
4022THIS frame, the base address of the frame, a pointer to the
4023struct @code{frame_info} for the NEXT frame and details of
4024where the registers of the PREVIOUS frame may be found in THIS
4025frame.
4026
4027Typically the first time any sniffer function is called with NEXT
4028frame, the prologue sniffer for THIS frame will be @code{NULL}. The
4029sniffer will analyze the frame, allocate a prologue cache structure
4030and populate it. Subsequent calls using the same NEXT frame will
4031pass in this prologue cache, so the data can be returned with no
4032additional analysis.
4033
4034@node Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames
4035@subsection Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames
4036
4037These struct @code{gdbarch} functions and variable should be defined
4038to provide analysis of the stack frame and allow it to be adjusted as
4039required.
4040
4041@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR skip_prologue (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{pc})
4042
4043The prologue of a function is the code at the beginning of the
4044function which sets up the stack frame, saves the return address
4045etc. The code representing the behavior of the function starts after
4046the prologue.
4047
4048This function skips past the prologue of a function if the program
4049counter, @var{pc}, is within the prologue of a function. The result is
4050the program counter immediately after the prologue. With modern
4051optimizing compilers, this may be a far from trivial exercise. However
4052the required information may be within the binary as DWARF2 debugging
4053information, making the job much easier.
4054
4055The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined). This function should always
4056be provided, but can take advantage of DWARF2 debugging information,
4057if that is available.
4058
4059@end deftypefn
4060
4061@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int inner_than (CORE_ADDR @var{lhs}, CORE_ADDR @var{rhs})
4062@findex core_addr_lessthan
4063@findex core_addr_greaterthan
4064
4065Given two frame or stack pointers, return non-zero (true) if the first
4066represents the @dfn{inner} stack frame and 0 (false) otherwise. This
4067is used to determine whether the target has a stack which grows up in
4068memory (rising stack) or grows down in memory (falling stack).
4069@xref{All About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames}, for an
4070explanation of @dfn{inner} frames.
4071
4072The default value of this function is @code{NULL} and it should always
4073be defined. However for almost all architectures one of the built-in
4074functions can be used: @code{core_addr_lessthan} (for stacks growing
4075down in memory) or @code{core_addr_greaterthan} (for stacks growing up
4076in memory).
4077
4078@end deftypefn
4079
4080@anchor{frame_align}
4081@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR frame_align (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
4082@findex align_down
4083@findex align_up
4084
4085The architecture may have constraints on how its frames are
4086aligned. For example the OpenRISC 1000 ABI requires stack frames to be
4087double-word aligned, but 32-bit versions of the architecture allocate
4088single-word values to the stack. Thus extra padding may be needed at
4089the end of a stack frame.
4090
4091Given a proposed address for the stack pointer, this function
4092returns a suitably aligned address (by expanding the stack frame).
4093
4094The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined). This function should be defined
4095for any architecture where it is possible the stack could become
4096misaligned. The utility functions @code{align_down} (for falling
4097stacks) and @code{align_up} (for rising stacks) will facilitate the
4098implementation of this function.
4099
4100@end deftypefn
4101
4102@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int frame_red_zone_size
4103
4104Some ABIs reserve space beyond the end of the stack for use by leaf
4105functions without prologue or epilogue or by exception handlers (for
4106example the OpenRISC 1000).
4107
4108This is known as a @dfn{red zone} (AMD terminology). The @sc{amd64}
4109(nee x86-64) ABI documentation refers to the @dfn{red zone} when
4110describing this scratch area.
4111
4112The default value is 0. Set this field if the architecture has such a
4113red zone. The value must be aligned as required by the ABI (see
4114@code{frame_align} above for an explanation of stack frame alignment).
4115
4116@end deftypevr
4117
4118@node Functions to Access Frame Data
4119@subsection Functions to Access Frame Data
4120
4121These functions provide access to key registers and arguments in the
4122stack frame.
4123
4124@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR unwind_pc (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4125
4126This function is given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame (@pxref{All
4127About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames}, for how frames are
4128represented) and returns the value of the program counter in the
4129PREVIOUS frame (i.e.@: the frame of the function that called THIS
4130one). This is commonly referred to as the @dfn{return address}.
4131
4132The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
4133is typically no more than:
4134
4135@smallexample
4136ULONGEST pc;
4137pc = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, @var{ARCH}_PC_REGNUM);
4138return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, pc);
4139@end smallexample
4140
4141@end deftypefn
4142
4143@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR unwind_sp (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4144
4145This function is given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame
4146(@pxref{All About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames} for how
4147frames are represented) and returns the value of the stack pointer in
4148the PREVIOUS frame (i.e.@: the frame of the function that called
4149THIS one).
4150
4151The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
4152is typically no more than:
4153
4154@smallexample
4155ULONGEST sp;
4156sp = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, @var{ARCH}_SP_REGNUM);
4157return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, sp);
4158@end smallexample
4159
4160@end deftypefn
4161
4162@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int frame_num_args (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
4163
4164This function is given a pointer to THIS stack frame (@pxref{All
4165About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames} for how frames are
4166represented), and returns the number of arguments that are being
4167passed, or -1 if not known.
4168
4169The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined), in which case the number of
4170arguments passed on any stack frame is always unknown. For many
4171architectures this will be a suitable default.
4172
4173@end deftypefn
4174
4175@node Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers
4176@subsection Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers
4177
4178When a program stops, @value{GDBN} needs to construct the chain of
4179struct @code{frame_info} representing the state of the stack using
4180appropriate @dfn{sniffers}.
4181
4182Each architecture requires appropriate sniffers, but they do not form
4183entries in @code{@w{struct gdbarch}}, since more than one sniffer may
4184be required and a sniffer may be suitable for more than one
4185@code{@w{struct gdbarch}}. Instead sniffers are associated with
4186architectures using the following functions.
4187
4188@itemize @bullet
4189
4190@item
4191@findex frame_unwind_append_sniffer
4192@code{frame_unwind_append_sniffer} is used to add a new sniffer to
4193analyze THIS frame when given a pointer to the NEXT frame.
4194
4195@item
4196@findex frame_base_append_sniffer
4197@code{frame_base_append_sniffer} is used to add a new sniffer
4198which can determine information about the base of a stack frame.
4199
4200@item
4201@findex frame_base_set_default
4202@code{frame_base_set_default} is used to specify the default base
4203sniffer.
4204
4205@end itemize
4206
4207These functions all take a reference to @code{@w{struct gdbarch}}, so
4208they are associated with a specific architecture. They are usually
4209called in the @code{gdbarch} initialization function, after the
4210@code{gdbarch} struct has been set up. Unless a default has been set, the
4211most recently appended sniffer will be tried first.
4212
4213The main frame unwinding sniffer (as set by
4214@code{frame_unwind_append_sniffer)} returns a structure specifying
4215a set of sniffing functions:
4216
4217@cindex @code{frame_unwind}
4218@smallexample
4219struct frame_unwind
4220@{
4221 enum frame_type type;
4222 frame_this_id_ftype *this_id;
4223 frame_prev_register_ftype *prev_register;
4224 const struct frame_data *unwind_data;
4225 frame_sniffer_ftype *sniffer;
4226 frame_prev_pc_ftype *prev_pc;
4227 frame_dealloc_cache_ftype *dealloc_cache;
4228@};
4229@end smallexample
4230
4231The @code{type} field indicates the type of frame this sniffer can
4232handle: normal, dummy (@pxref{Functions Creating Dummy Frames, ,
4233Functions Creating Dummy Frames}), signal handler or sentinel. Signal
4234handlers sometimes have their own simplified stack structure for
4235efficiency, so may need their own handlers.
4236
4237The @code{unwind_data} field holds additional information which may be
4238relevant to particular types of frame. For example it may hold
4239additional information for signal handler frames.
4240
4241The remaining fields define functions that yield different types of
4242information when given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame. Not all
4243functions need be provided. If an entry is @code{NULL}, the next sniffer will
4244be tried instead.
4245
4246@itemize @bullet
4247
4248@item
4249@code{this_id} determines the stack pointer and function (code
4250entry point) for THIS stack frame.
4251
4252@item
4253@code{prev_register} determines where the values of registers for
4254the PREVIOUS stack frame are stored in THIS stack frame.
4255
4256@item
4257@code{sniffer} takes a look at THIS frame's registers to
4258determine if this is the appropriate unwinder.
4259
4260@item
4261@code{prev_pc} determines the program counter for THIS
4262frame. Only needed if the program counter is not an ordinary register
4263(@pxref{Register Architecture Functions & Variables,
4264, Functions and Variables Specifying the Register Architecture}).
4265
4266@item
4267@code{dealloc_cache} frees any additional memory associated with
4268the prologue cache for this frame (@pxref{Prologue Caches, , Prologue
4269Caches}).
4270
4271@end itemize
4272
4273In general it is only the @code{this_id} and @code{prev_register}
4274fields that need be defined for custom sniffers.
4275
4276The frame base sniffer is much simpler. It is a @code{@w{struct
4277frame_base}}, which refers to the corresponding @code{frame_unwind}
4278struct and whose fields refer to functions yielding various addresses
4279within the frame.
4280
4281@cindex @code{frame_base}
4282@smallexample
4283struct frame_base
4284@{
4285 const struct frame_unwind *unwind;
4286 frame_this_base_ftype *this_base;
4287 frame_this_locals_ftype *this_locals;
4288 frame_this_args_ftype *this_args;
4289@};
4290@end smallexample
4291
4292All the functions referred to take a pointer to the NEXT frame as
4293argument. The function referred to by @code{this_base} returns the
4294base address of THIS frame, the function referred to by
4295@code{this_locals} returns the base address of local variables in THIS
4296frame and the function referred to by @code{this_args} returns the
4297base address of the function arguments in this frame.
4298
4299As described above, the base address of a frame is the address
4300immediately before the start of the NEXT frame. For a falling
4301stack, this is the lowest address in the frame and for a rising stack
4302it is the highest address in the frame. For most architectures the
4303same address is also the base address for local variables and
4304arguments, in which case the same function can be used for all three
4305entries@footnote{It is worth noting that if it cannot be determined in any
4306other way (for example by there being a register with the name
4307@code{"fp"}), then the result of the @code{this_base} function will be
4308used as the value of the frame pointer variable @kbd{$fp} in
4309@value{GDBN}. This is very often not correct (for example with the
4310OpenRISC 1000, this value is the stack pointer, @kbd{$sp}). In this
4311case a register (raw or pseudo) with the name @code{"fp"} should be
4312defined. It will be used in preference as the value of @kbd{$fp}.}.
4313
b6fd0dfb 4314@node Inferior Call Setup
c906108c 4315@section Inferior Call Setup
587afa38
EZ
4316@cindex calls to the inferior
4317
4318@menu
4319* About Dummy Frames::
4320* Functions Creating Dummy Frames::
4321@end menu
4322
4323@node About Dummy Frames
4324@subsection About Dummy Frames
4325@cindex dummy frames
4326
4327@value{GDBN} can call functions in the target code (for example by
4328using the @kbd{call} or @kbd{print} commands). These functions may be
4329breakpointed, and it is essential that if a function does hit a
4330breakpoint, commands like @kbd{backtrace} work correctly.
4331
4332This is achieved by making the stack look as though the function had
4333been called from the point where @value{GDBN} had previously stopped.
4334This requires that @value{GDBN} can set up stack frames appropriate for
4335such function calls.
4336
4337@node Functions Creating Dummy Frames
4338@subsection Functions Creating Dummy Frames
4339
4340The following functions provide the functionality to set up such
4341@dfn{dummy} stack frames.
4342
4343@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct value *@var{function}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, CORE_ADDR @var{bp_addr}, int @var{nargs}, struct value **@var{args}, CORE_ADDR @var{sp}, int @var{struct_return}, CORE_ADDR @var{struct_addr})
4344
4345This function sets up a dummy stack frame for the function about to be
4346called. @code{push_dummy_call} is given the arguments to be passed
4347and must copy them into registers or push them on to the stack as
4348appropriate for the ABI.
4349
4350@var{function} is a pointer to the function
4351that will be called and @var{regcache} the register cache from which
4352values should be obtained. @var{bp_addr} is the address to which the
4353function should return (which is breakpointed, so @value{GDBN} can
4354regain control, hence the name). @var{nargs} is the number of
4355arguments to pass and @var{args} an array containing the argument
4356values. @var{struct_return} is non-zero (true) if the function returns
4357a structure, and if so @var{struct_addr} is the address in which the
4358structure should be returned.
4359
4360 After calling this function, @value{GDBN} will pass control to the
4361target at the address of the function, which will find the stack and
4362registers set up just as expected.
4363
4364The default value of this function is @code{NULL} (undefined). If the
4365function is not defined, then @value{GDBN} will not allow the user to
4366call functions within the target being debugged.
4367
4368@end deftypefn
4369
4370@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct frame_id} unwind_dummy_id (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4371
4372This is the inverse of @code{push_dummy_call} which restores the stack
4373pointer and program counter after a call to evaluate a function using
4374a dummy stack frame. The result is a @code{@w{struct frame_id}}, which
4375contains the value of the stack pointer and program counter to be
4376used.
4377
4378The NEXT frame pointer is provided as argument,
4379@var{next_frame}. THIS frame is the frame of the dummy function,
4380which can be unwound, to yield the required stack pointer and program
4381counter from the PREVIOUS frame.
4382
4383The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined). If @code{push_dummy_call} is
4384defined, then this function should also be defined.
c906108c 4385
587afa38
EZ
4386@end deftypefn
4387
4388@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR push_dummy_code (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{sp}, CORE_ADDR @var{funaddr}, struct value **@var{args}, int @var{nargs}, struct type *@var{value_type}, CORE_ADDR *@var{real_pc}, CORE_ADDR *@var{bp_addr}, struct regcache *@var{regcache})
4389
4390If this function is not defined (its default value is @code{NULL}), a dummy
4391call will use the entry point of the currently loaded code on the
4392target as its return address. A temporary breakpoint will be set
4393there, so the location must be writable and have room for a
4394breakpoint.
c906108c 4395
587afa38
EZ
4396It is possible that this default is not suitable. It might not be
4397writable (in ROM possibly), or the ABI might require code to be
4398executed on return from a call to unwind the stack before the
4399breakpoint is encountered.
c906108c 4400
587afa38
EZ
4401If either of these is the case, then push_dummy_code should be defined
4402to push an instruction sequence onto the end of the stack to which the
4403dummy call should return.
4404
4405The arguments are essentially the same as those to
4406@code{push_dummy_call}. However the function is provided with the
4407type of the function result, @var{value_type}, @var{bp_addr} is used
4408to return a value (the address at which the breakpoint instruction
4409should be inserted) and @var{real pc} is used to specify the resume
4410address when starting the call sequence. The function should return
4411the updated innermost stack address.
4412
4413@quotation
4414@emph{Note:} This does require that code in the stack can be executed.
4415Some Harvard architectures may not allow this.
4416@end quotation
4417
4418@end deftypefn
4419
b39f4988
JB
4420@node Adding support for debugging core files
4421@section Adding support for debugging core files
4422@cindex core files
4423
4424The prerequisite for adding core file support in @value{GDBN} is to have
4425core file support in BFD.
4426
4427Once BFD support is available, writing the apropriate
4428@code{regset_from_core_section} architecture function should be all
4429that is needed in order to add support for core files in @value{GDBN}.
4430
587afa38
EZ
4431@node Defining Other Architecture Features
4432@section Defining Other Architecture Features
4433
4434This section describes other functions and values in @code{gdbarch},
4435together with some useful macros, that you can use to define the
4436target architecture.
c906108c
SS
4437
4438@table @code
4439
4a9bb1df
UW
4440@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
4441@findex gdbarch_addr_bits_remove
adf40b2e 4442If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
4a9bb1df
UW
4443really part of the address, then this function is used to zero those bits in
4444@var{addr}. This is only used for addresses of instructions, and even then not
4445in all contexts.
adf40b2e
JM
4446
4447For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
44482.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
4449instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
4450boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
4a9bb1df
UW
4451address of the instruction. @code{gdbarch_addr_bits_remove} would then for
4452example look like that:
4453@smallexample
4454arch_addr_bits_remove (CORE_ADDR addr)
4455@{
4456 return (addr &= ~0x3);
4457@}
4458@end smallexample
c906108c 4459
4a9bb1df
UW
4460@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
4461@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
4462If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
4463referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
4464and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
4465return 0.
4466
4467The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
4468@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
4469possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
4470@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4471
4a9bb1df
UW
4472@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
4473@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags_p
4474Predicate which indicates whether @code{address_class_name_to_type_flags}
b5b0480a
KB
4475has been defined.
4476
4a9bb1df
UW
4477@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
4478@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
4479Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
4480the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
4481used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
4482returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
4483@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
4484values or'd together.
4485@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4486
4a9bb1df
UW
4487@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
4488@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p
4489Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p} has
b5b0480a
KB
4490been defined.
4491
4a9bb1df
UW
4492@item const char *gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type_flags})
4493@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name
b5b0480a
KB
4494Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
4495flags given by @var{type_flags}.
4496
4a9bb1df
UW
4497@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p (@var{gdbarch})
4498@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p
4499Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name} has been defined.
b5b0480a
KB
4500@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4501
4a9bb1df
UW
4502@item void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
4503@findex gdbarch_address_to_pointer
93e79dbd
JB
4504Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
4505@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
4a9bb1df 4506This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 4507C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
4508@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
4509
4a9bb1df
UW
4510@item int gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion (@var{gdbarch})
4511@findex gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion
4512Used to notify if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
56caf160
EZ
4513parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
4514original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 4515
32c9a795
MD
4516@item gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch})
4517@findex gdbarch_bits_big_endian
4518This is used if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match
587afa38 4519the endianism of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 4520are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c 4521
32c9a795
MD
4522@item set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bits_big_endian})
4523@findex set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian
4524Calling set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian with a value of 1 indicates that the
4525bits in the target are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 indicates
4526little-endian.
4527
c906108c 4528@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 4529@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
4530This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
4531memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
4532instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
4533pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
4534longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
4535
56caf160 4536@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
4a9bb1df 4537@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 4538
c906108c 4539@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
4540@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
4541@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
4542@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
4543Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
4544
56caf160 4545@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
4a9bb1df 4546favor of @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 4547
4a9bb1df
UW
4548@item const gdb_byte *gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
4549@findex gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc
4550@anchor{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} Use the program counter to determine the
2dd0da42 4551contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
a655d424 4552a static string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
2dd0da42
AC
4553length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
4554counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
a655d424
JK
4555breakpoint should be inserted. May return @code{NULL} to indicate that
4556software breakpoints are not supported.
c906108c
SS
4557
4558Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
4559not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
4560instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
4561instruction of the architecture.
4562
a655d424
JK
4563Provided breakpoint bytes can be also used by @code{bp_loc_is_permanent} to
4564detect permanent breakpoints. @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} should return
4565an unchanged memory copy if it was called for a location with permanent
4566breakpoint as some architectures use breakpoint instructions containing
4567arbitrary parameter value.
4568
7a292a7a
SS
4569Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
4570
4a9bb1df
UW
4571@item int gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
4572@itemx gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
4573@findex gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint
4574@findex gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint
917317f4
JM
4575Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
4576(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
4577@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
4a9bb1df
UW
4578provided so that it is not necessary to set these for most
4579architectures. Architectures which may want to set
4580@code{gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint} and @code{gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint} will likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
917317f4
JM
4581conventional manner.
4582
4583It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
4584custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
4a9bb1df 4585@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
4586reason.
4587
4a9bb1df
UW
4588@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bpaddr})
4589@findex gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address
1485d690
KB
4590@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
4591Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
4592address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
4593breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
4594
4595The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
4596The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
4597instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
4598instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
4599one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
4600in parallel.
4601
4602In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
4603from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
4604information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
4605refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
4606if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
4607statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
4608instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
4609(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
4610in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
4611at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
4612
4a9bb1df 4613The FR-V's @code{gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address} method will adjust a
1485d690
KB
4614breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
4615the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
4616
4617Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
4618expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
4619is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
4620
4a9bb1df
UW
4621@item int gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})
4622@findex gdbarch_call_dummy_location
56caf160 4623See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 4624
4a9bb1df
UW
4625This method has been replaced by @code{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}
4626(@pxref{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}).
7043d8dc 4627
4a9bb1df
UW
4628@item int gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regum})
4629@findex gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register
4630This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
a53f55d8 4631from an inferior process.
c906108c 4632
4a9bb1df
UW
4633@item int gdbarch_cannot_store_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum})
4634@findex gdbarch_cannot_store_register
4635This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
c906108c 4636written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
4a9bb1df
UW
4637status words, and other special registers. This function returns 0 as
4638default so that @value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c 4639
4a9bb1df
UW
4640@item int gdbarch_convert_register_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type})
4641@findex gdbarch_convert_register_p
83acabca
DJ
4642Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} represents data values of type
4643@var{type} in a non-standard form.
13d01224
AC
4644@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
4645
a53f55d8
PA
4646@item int gdbarch_fp0_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4647@findex gdbarch_fp0_regnum
4648This function returns the number of the first floating point register,
4649if the machine has such registers. Otherwise, it returns -1.
4650
4a9bb1df
UW
4651@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break (@var{gdbarch})
4652@findex gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break
4653This function shall return the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
c906108c 4654program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 4655@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 4656
56caf160
EZ
4657@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
4658@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
4659If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
4660library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
4661
4a9bb1df
UW
4662@item int gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{dwarf2_regnr})
4663@findex gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum
4664Convert DWARF2 register number @var{dwarf2_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum.
4665If not defined, no conversion will be performed.
0dcedd82 4666
4a9bb1df
UW
4667@item int gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{ecoff_regnr})
4668@findex gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum
4669Convert ECOFF register number @var{ecoff_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum. If
4670not defined, no conversion will be performed.
c906108c 4671
c906108c 4672@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
4673@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4674@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4675@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4676If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
4677look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
4678are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
4679respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 4680
4a9bb1df
UW
4681@item gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
4682@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
1f70da6a
SS
4683This function determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp}
4684will jump to, assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp}
4685breakpoint. It takes a @code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the
4686target PC value through this pointer. It examines the current state
4687of the machine as needed, typically by using a manually-determined
587afa38 4688offset into the @code{jmp_buf}. (While we might like to get the offset
1f70da6a
SS
4689from the target's @file{jmpbuf.h}, that header file cannot be assumed
4690to be available when building a cross-debugger.)
c906108c 4691
268e2188
AC
4692@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
4693@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
4694Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 4695conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
1f70da6a 4696feature-specific macros. It was introduced in haste and we are
c906108c
SS
4697repenting at leisure.
4698
9742079a
EZ
4699@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4700An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4701support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4702
4a9bb1df 4703@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
9e5abb06 4704@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
4a9bb1df 4705Returns non-zero if the given @var{addr} is in the epilogue of a function.
9e5abb06
CV
4706The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
4707the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
4708final `return from function call' instruction.
4709
4a9bb1df
UW
4710@item int gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{name})
4711@findex gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline
4712Define this function to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
c906108c
SS
4713trampoline that returns from a shared library.
4714
cfd8ab24
SS
4715@item target_so_ops.in_dynsym_resolve_code (@var{pc})
4716@findex in_dynsym_resolve_code
4a9bb1df 4717Define this to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
d4f3574e
SS
4718dynamic linker.
4719
56caf160
EZ
4720@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
4721@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
4722Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
4723should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
4724function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
4725to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
4726stepping will suffice.
4727
4a9bb1df
UW
4728@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_integer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
4729@findex gdbarch_integer_to_address
fc0c74b1
AC
4730@cindex converting integers to addresses
4731Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
4732conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
4733the current architectures conventions.
4734
4735@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
4736their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
4737@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
4738computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
4739major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
4740other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
4741conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
4742out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
4743to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
4744disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
4a9bb1df 4745method like @code{gdbarch_integer_to_address} certainly makes it possible for
fc0c74b1
AC
4746@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
4747
4748@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
4749Addresses}.
4750
4a9bb1df
UW
4751@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
4752@findex gdbarch_pointer_to_address
93e79dbd
JB
4753Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
4754appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
4755address the pointer refers to.
4756@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
4757
4a9bb1df
UW
4758@item void gdbarch_register_to_value(@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{fur})
4759@findex gdbarch_register_to_value
13d01224
AC
4760Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
4761@var{type}.
4281a42e 4762@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 4763
9fb4dd36 4764@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 4765@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 4766Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 4767form.
13d01224 4768@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
4769
4770@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 4771@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 4772Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 4773form.
13d01224 4774@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 4775
0ab4b752
MK
4776@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
4777@findex regset_from_core_section
4778Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
4779@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
4780
b0ed3589 4781@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 4782@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 4783Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 4784mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 4785
d3e8051b 4786@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breakpoints_p})
56caf160
EZ
4787@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
4788A function that inserts or removes (depending on
d3e8051b 4789@var{insert_breakpoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
587afa38 4790the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
4791for examples.
4792
e35879db
UW
4793@item set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (@var{gdbarch}, @var{set})
4794@findex set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing
4795Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
4796debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
4797them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
4798address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
4799linking faster.
4800
4801Calling @code{set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing} with a non-zero
4802argument @var{set} indicates that a particular set of hacks of this sort
4803are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN} entries in stabs-format
4804debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark the beginning and ending
4805addresses of compilation units in the text segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs
4806mark the starts and ends of functions.
4807
4808In this case, @value{GDBN} assumes two things:
4809
4810@itemize @bullet
4811@item
4812@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead of using those
4813addresses, you should find the address where the function starts by
4814taking the function name from the stab, and then looking that up in the
4815minsyms (the linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab
4816has the name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place
4817that carries the address.
4818
4819@item
4820@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
4821@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab, and
4822guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from them.
4823@end itemize
4824
4a9bb1df
UW
4825@item int gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
4826@findex gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr
4a9bb1df
UW
4827@anchor{gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this function to return
4828nonzero if a function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference
4829instead of value.
a38c9fe6 4830
4a9bb1df
UW
4831@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
4832@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_call
4a9bb1df
UW
4833@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
4834the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing @var{nargs}, the
4835code should push @var{struct_addr} (when @var{struct_return} is non-zero), and
4836the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 4837
86fe4aaa 4838@var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use
d4b6d575
RC
4839function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value.
4840
b24da7d0 4841Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8 4842
4a9bb1df
UW
4843@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{regcache})
4844@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_code
4845@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
7043d8dc
AC
4846instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
4847called function should return.
4848
4849Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
4850should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
4851the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
4852
4853By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
4854(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
4855reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
4856
1f70da6a 4857This method replaces @w{@code{gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})}}.
7043d8dc 4858
4a9bb1df
UW
4859@item int gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sdb_regnr})
4860@findex gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum
4861Use this function to convert sdb register @var{sdb_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
4862regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
c906108c 4863
963e2bb7 4864@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
4865@findex gdbarch_return_value
4866@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
4867type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
4868would use.
4869
4870@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
4871@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
4872in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
4873value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
4874passed in as the function's first parameter.
4875
963e2bb7
AC
4876If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
4877non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
4878@var{regcache}.
4879
963e2bb7 4880If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 4881non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 4882@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
4883just returned function).
4884
92ad9cd9
AC
4885@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
4886store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
4887the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
4888@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
4889instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
4890return-value extract and store.}
4891
4892@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
4893parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
4894that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
4895then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
d3e8051b 4896@var{function} should be pursued.}
92ad9cd9
AC
4897
4898@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
4899to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
4900@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
4901limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
4902
4a9bb1df
UW
4903@item void gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache})
4904@findex gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint
25822942 4905Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
4906steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
4907re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
4908hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
4a9bb1df
UW
4909doesn't work. Calling @code{gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint} adjusts the
4910processor's state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint.
4911This function does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
c2c6d25f
JM
4912of a branch or jump.
4913
4a9bb1df
UW
4914@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{pc})
4915@findex gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code
c906108c 4916If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
4a9bb1df 4917the functions being called, then define this function to return a new PC
c906108c
SS
4918that is at the start of the real function.
4919
1f70da6a
SS
4920@item int gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4921@findex gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum
4922If the frame pointer is in a register, use this function to return the
4923number of that register.
4924
4a9bb1df
UW
4925@item int gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{stab_regnr})
4926@findex gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum
4927Use this function to convert stab register @var{stab_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
4928regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
4929
c906108c 4930@item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
4931@findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
4932The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in
c906108c
SS
4933current sources.)
4934
c906108c 4935@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 4936@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
4937Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
4938
4a9bb1df
UW
4939@item int gdbarch_char_signed (@var{gdbarch})
4940@findex gdbarch_char_signed
c3d3ce5b
JB
4941Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
4942it should be unsigned.
4943
4944The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
4945equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
4946character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
4947Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
4948on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
4949
4a9bb1df
UW
4950@item int gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4951@findex gdbarch_double_bit
4952Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @w{@code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4953
4a9bb1df
UW
4954@item int gdbarch_float_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4955@findex gdbarch_float_bit
4956Number of bits in a float; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
ac9a91a7 4957
4a9bb1df
UW
4958@item int gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4959@findex gdbarch_int_bit
4960Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4961
4a9bb1df
UW
4962@item int gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4963@findex gdbarch_long_bit
4964Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4965
4a9bb1df
UW
4966@item int gdbarch_long_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4967@findex gdbarch_long_double_bit
c906108c 4968Number of bits in a long double float;
4a9bb1df
UW
4969defaults to @w{@code{2 * gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4970
4971@item int gdbarch_long_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4972@findex gdbarch_long_long_bit
4973Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to
4974@w{@code{2 * gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4975
4976@item int gdbarch_ptr_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4977@findex gdbarch_ptr_bit
4978Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to
4979@w{@code{gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4980
4981@item int gdbarch_short_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4982@findex gdbarch_short_bit
4983Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @w{@code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
4984
4a9bb1df
UW
4985@item void gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{frame_regnum}, @var{frame_offset})
4986@findex gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer
1f70da6a
SS
4987Returns a @code{(@var{register}, @var{offset})} pair representing the virtual
4988frame pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame
4989pointers are not used, a default definition simply returns
4990@code{gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum} (or @code{gdbarch_sp_regnum}, if
4991no frame pointer is defined), with an offset of zero.
4992
587afa38
EZ
4993@c need to explain virtual frame pointers, they are recorded in agent
4994@c expressions for tracepoints
c906108c 4995
9742079a
EZ
4996@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
4997If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
4998watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
4999other related macros.
5000
4a9bb1df
UW
5001@item int gdbarch_print_insn (@var{gdbarch}, @var{vma}, @var{info})
5002@findex gdbarch_print_insn
7ccaa899 5003This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
4a9bb1df 5004instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{vma} in
1f70da6a
SS
5005debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes.
5006This usually points to a function in the @code{opcodes} library
5007(@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}). @var{info} is a structure (of
5008type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in the header file
5009@file{include/dis-asm.h}, and used to pass information to the
5010instruction decoding routine.
7ccaa899 5011
669fac23
DJ
5012@item frame_id gdbarch_dummy_id (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame})
5013@findex gdbarch_dummy_id
5014@anchor{gdbarch_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @w{@code{struct
4a9bb1df 5015frame_id}} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0 5016frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
669fac23 5017previously saved by @code{call_function_by_hand}.
6314f104 5018
4a9bb1df
UW
5019@item void gdbarch_value_to_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
5020@findex gdbarch_value_to_register
5021Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of a register.
13d01224
AC
5022@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
5023
c906108c
SS
5024@end table
5025
5026Motorola M68K target conditionals.
5027
56caf160 5028@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
5029@item BPT_VECTOR
5030Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
5031not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
5032
5033@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
5034Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1 5035
56caf160 5036@end ftable
c906108c 5037
b6fd0dfb 5038@node Adding a New Target
c906108c
SS
5039@section Adding a New Target
5040
56caf160 5041@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 5042The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
5043
5044@table @file
f0323ca0 5045@cindex target dependent files
c906108c 5046
c906108c
SS
5047@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
5048Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
1f70da6a 5049some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c 5050
af6c57ea
AC
5051@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
5052@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
1f70da6a
SS
5053This is required to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
5054processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). It can be shared among many
5055targets that use the same processor architecture.
af6c57ea 5056
c906108c
SS
5057@end table
5058
1f70da6a
SS
5059(Target header files such as
5060@file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h},
5061@file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h}, and
5062@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} are no longer used.)
c906108c 5063
587afa38
EZ
5064@findex _initialize_@var{arch}_tdep
5065A @value{GDBN} description for a new architecture, arch is created by
5066defining a global function @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep}, by
5067convention in the source file @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}. For
5068example, in the case of the OpenRISC 1000, this function is called
5069@code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} and is found in the file
5070@file{or1k-tdep.c}.
5071
5072The object file resulting from compiling this source file, which will
5073contain the implementation of the
5074@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function is specified in the
5075@value{GDBN} @file{configure.tgt} file, which includes a large case
5076statement pattern matching against the @code{--target} option of the
5077@kbd{configure} script.
5078
5079@quotation
5080@emph{Note:} If the architecture requires multiple source files, the
5081corresponding binaries should be included in
5082@file{configure.tgt}. However if there are header files, the
5083dependencies on these will not be picked up from the entries in
5084@file{configure.tgt}. The @file{Makefile.in} file will need extending to
5085show these dependencies.
5086@end quotation
5087
5088@findex gdbarch_register
5089A new struct gdbarch, defining the new architecture, is created within
5090the @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function by calling
5091@code{gdbarch_register}:
5092
5093@smallexample
5094void gdbarch_register (enum bfd_architecture architecture,
5095 gdbarch_init_ftype *init_func,
5096 gdbarch_dump_tdep_ftype *tdep_dump_func);
5097@end smallexample
5098
5099This function has been described fully in an earlier
5100section. @xref{How an Architecture is Represented, , How an
5101Architecture is Represented}.
5102
5103The new @code{@w{struct gdbarch}} should contain implementations of
5104the necessary functions (described in the previous sections) to
5105describe the basic layout of the target machine's processor chip
5106(registers, stack, etc.). It can be shared among many targets that use
5107the same processor architecture.
5108
123dc839
DJ
5109@node Target Descriptions
5110@chapter Target Descriptions
5111@cindex target descriptions
5112
5113The target architecture definition (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition})
5114contains @value{GDBN}'s hard-coded knowledge about an architecture. For
5115some platforms, it is handy to have more flexible knowledge about a specific
5116instance of the architecture---for instance, a processor or development board.
5117@dfn{Target descriptions} provide a mechanism for the user to tell @value{GDBN}
5118more about what their target supports, or for the target to tell @value{GDBN}
5119directly.
5120
5121For details on writing, automatically supplying, and manually selecting
5122target descriptions, see @ref{Target Descriptions, , , gdb,
5123Debugging with @value{GDBN}}. This section will cover some related
5124topics about the @value{GDBN} internals.
5125
5126@menu
5127* Target Descriptions Implementation::
5128* Adding Target Described Register Support::
5129@end menu
5130
5131@node Target Descriptions Implementation
5132@section Target Descriptions Implementation
5133@cindex target descriptions, implementation
5134
5135Before @value{GDBN} connects to a new target, or runs a new program on
5136an existing target, it discards any existing target description and
5137reverts to a default gdbarch. Then, after connecting, it looks for a
5138new target description by calling @code{target_find_description}.
5139
5140A description may come from a user specified file (XML), the remote
5141@samp{qXfer:features:read} packet (also XML), or from any custom
5142@code{to_read_description} routine in the target vector. For instance,
5143the remote target supports guessing whether a MIPS target is 32-bit or
514464-bit based on the size of the @samp{g} packet.
5145
5146If any target description is found, @value{GDBN} creates a new gdbarch
5147incorporating the description by calling @code{gdbarch_update_p}. Any
5148@samp{<architecture>} element is handled first, to determine which
5149architecture's gdbarch initialization routine is called to create the
5150new architecture. Then the initialization routine is called, and has
5151a chance to adjust the constructed architecture based on the contents
5152of the target description. For instance, it can recognize any
5153properties set by a @code{to_read_description} routine. Also
5154see @ref{Adding Target Described Register Support}.
5155
5156@node Adding Target Described Register Support
5157@section Adding Target Described Register Support
5158@cindex target descriptions, adding register support
5159
5160Target descriptions can report additional registers specific to an
5161instance of the target. But it takes a little work in the architecture
5162specific routines to support this.
5163
5164A target description must either have no registers or a complete
5165set---this avoids complexity in trying to merge standard registers
5166with the target defined registers. It is the architecture's
5167responsibility to validate that a description with registers has
5168everything it needs. To keep architecture code simple, the same
5169mechanism is used to assign fixed internal register numbers to
5170standard registers.
5171
5172If @code{tdesc_has_registers} returns 1, the description contains
5173registers. The architecture's @code{gdbarch_init} routine should:
5174
5175@itemize @bullet
5176
5177@item
5178Call @code{tdesc_data_alloc} to allocate storage, early, before
5179searching for a matching gdbarch or allocating a new one.
5180
5181@item
5182Use @code{tdesc_find_feature} to locate standard features by name.
5183
5184@item
5185Use @code{tdesc_numbered_register} and @code{tdesc_numbered_register_choices}
5186to locate the expected registers in the standard features.
5187
5188@item
5189Return @code{NULL} if a required feature is missing, or if any standard
5190feature is missing expected registers. This will produce a warning that
5191the description was incomplete.
5192
5193@item
5194Free the allocated data before returning, unless @code{tdesc_use_registers}
5195is called.
5196
5197@item
5198Call @code{set_gdbarch_num_regs} as usual, with a number higher than any
5199fixed number passed to @code{tdesc_numbered_register}.
5200
5201@item
5202Call @code{tdesc_use_registers} after creating a new gdbarch, before
5203returning it.
5204
5205@end itemize
5206
5207After @code{tdesc_use_registers} has been called, the architecture's
5208@code{register_name}, @code{register_type}, and @code{register_reggroup_p}
5209routines will not be called; that information will be taken from
5210the target description. @code{num_regs} may be increased to account
5211for any additional registers in the description.
5212
5213Pseudo-registers require some extra care:
5214
5215@itemize @bullet
5216
5217@item
5218Using @code{tdesc_numbered_register} allows the architecture to give
5219constant register numbers to standard architectural registers, e.g.@:
5220as an @code{enum} in @file{@var{arch}-tdep.h}. But because
5221pseudo-registers are always numbered above @code{num_regs},
5222which may be increased by the description, constant numbers
5223can not be used for pseudos. They must be numbered relative to
5224@code{num_regs} instead.
5225
5226@item
5227The description will not describe pseudo-registers, so the
5228architecture must call @code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_name},
5229@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_type}, and
5230@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_reggroup_p} to supply routines
5231describing pseudo registers. These routines will be passed
5232internal register numbers, so the same routines used for the
5233gdbarch equivalents are usually suitable.
5234
5235@end itemize
5236
5237
c906108c
SS
5238@node Target Vector Definition
5239
5240@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 5241@cindex target vector
c906108c 5242
56caf160
EZ
5243The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
5244abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
5245actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
5246@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
5247each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c 5248
52bb452f
DJ
5249@menu
5250* Managing Execution State::
5251* Existing Targets::
5252@end menu
5253
5254@node Managing Execution State
5255@section Managing Execution State
5256@cindex execution state
5257
5258A target vector can be completely inactive (not pushed on the target
5259stack), active but not running (pushed, but not connected to a fully
5260manifested inferior), or completely active (pushed, with an accessible
5261inferior). Most targets are only completely inactive or completely
d3e8051b 5262active, but some support persistent connections to a target even
52bb452f
DJ
5263when the target has exited or not yet started.
5264
5265For example, connecting to the simulator using @code{target sim} does
5266not create a running program. Neither registers nor memory are
5267accessible until @code{run}. Similarly, after @code{kill}, the
5268program can not continue executing. But in both cases @value{GDBN}
5269remains connected to the simulator, and target-specific commands
5270are directed to the simulator.
5271
5272A target which only supports complete activation should push itself
5273onto the stack in its @code{to_open} routine (by calling
5274@code{push_target}), and unpush itself from the stack in its
5275@code{to_mourn_inferior} routine (by calling @code{unpush_target}).
5276
5277A target which supports both partial and complete activation should
5278still call @code{push_target} in @code{to_open}, but not call
5279@code{unpush_target} in @code{to_mourn_inferior}. Instead, it should
5280call either @code{target_mark_running} or @code{target_mark_exited}
5281in its @code{to_open}, depending on whether the target is fully active
5282after connection. It should also call @code{target_mark_running} any
5283time the inferior becomes fully active (e.g.@: in
5284@code{to_create_inferior} and @code{to_attach}), and
5285@code{target_mark_exited} when the inferior becomes inactive (in
5286@code{to_mourn_inferior}). The target should also make sure to call
5287@code{target_mourn_inferior} from its @code{to_kill}, to return the
5288target to inactive state.
5289
5290@node Existing Targets
5291@section Existing Targets
5292@cindex targets
5293
5294@subsection File Targets
c906108c
SS
5295
5296Both executables and core files have target vectors.
5297
52bb452f 5298@subsection Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
c906108c 5299
587afa38
EZ
5300@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code that
5301runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
56caf160 5302@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
587afa38 5303systems for this purpose; they are named @file{@var{cpu}-stub.c}. Many
1f70da6a 5304operating systems, embedded targets, emulators, and simulators already
587afa38 5305have a @value{GDBN} stub built into them, and maintenance of the remote
1f70da6a 5306protocol must be careful to preserve compatibility.
c906108c 5307
56caf160
EZ
5308The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
5309your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
5310SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
5311program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
5312
5313The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 5314@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
5315
5316@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
5317@item
5318%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 5319
56caf160
EZ
5320@item
5321traps are disabled;
c906108c 5322
56caf160
EZ
5323@item
5324you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
5325@end enumerate
5326
5327As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 5328is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
5329The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
5330hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
5331which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 5332set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
5333first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
5334
5335For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 5336``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
5337and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
5338controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
5339trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
5340do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
5341of the debugger/stub.
5342
5343From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 5344They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 5345
52bb452f 5346@subsection ROM Monitor Interface
c906108c 5347
52bb452f 5348@subsection Custom Protocols
c906108c 5349
52bb452f 5350@subsection Transport Layer
c906108c 5351
52bb452f 5352@subsection Builtin Simulator
c906108c
SS
5353
5354
5355@node Native Debugging
5356
5357@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 5358@cindex native debugging
c906108c 5359
25822942 5360Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
5361
5362@table @file
56caf160 5363@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 5364@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 5365Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
5366machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
5367native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
5368Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
5369@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
5370define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
3d0bb823 5371@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, @samp{NAT_GENERATED_FILES}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 5372
7fd60527
AC
5373@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
5374originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
5375on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 5376purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
5377eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
5378suffix.}
5379
c906108c 5380@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 5381(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
5382macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
5383child process control and core file support.
5384
5385@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
5386Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
5387this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
5388@end table
5389
5390There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
5391various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
5392defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
5393the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
5394@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
5395
5396Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
5397to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 5398Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
5399into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
5400
5401@table @file
c906108c
SS
5402@item inftarg.c
5403This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
5404processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
5405
5406@item procfs.c
5407This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
5408processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
5409
5410@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
5411This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
5412and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
5413
5414@item infptrace.c
5415This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
5416the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
5417@end table
5418
c906108c
SS
5419@section ptrace
5420
5421@section /proc
5422
5423@section win32
5424
5425@section shared libraries
5426
5427@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 5428@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 5429
56caf160
EZ
5430When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
5431defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
5432target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
5433undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c 5434
1f6d4158
AC
5435@table @code
5436
9742079a
EZ
5437@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
5438An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
5439support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
5440
990f9fe3 5441@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 5442@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 5443Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
587afa38 5444@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
990f9fe3
FF
5445@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
5446processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
5447
5448@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 5449@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
5450Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
5451want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
5452
5453@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
5454@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
5455When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
5456twice; once when
c906108c
SS
5457the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
5458number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
5459expand into the number expected.
5460
c906108c
SS
5461@end table
5462
c906108c
SS
5463@node Support Libraries
5464
5465@chapter Support Libraries
5466
5467@section BFD
56caf160 5468@cindex BFD library
c906108c 5469
25822942 5470BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
5471
5472@table @emph
c906108c
SS
5473@item identifying executable and core files
5474BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
5475several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
5476
5477@item access to sections of files
5478BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
5479sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
5480(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
5481calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
5482length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
5483
5484@item specialized core file support
5485BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
5486core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 5487file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
5488file.
5489
5490@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
5491@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
5492symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 5493handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 5494symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 5495string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
5496@end table
5497
5498@section opcodes
56caf160 5499@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 5500
25822942 5501The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
5502library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
5503
5504@section readline
86f04699
EZ
5505@cindex readline library
5506The @code{readline} library provides a set of functions for use by applications
5507that allow users to edit command lines as they are typed in.
c906108c
SS
5508
5509@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
5510@cindex @code{libiberty} library
5511
5512The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
5513that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
5514systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
5515groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
5516environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
5517a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
5518functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
5519beyond standard functions).
5520
5521@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
5522library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
5523floating format support functions, the input options parser
5524@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
5525
5526@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
5527@cindex @code{obstacks}
5528
5529The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
5530chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
5531like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
5532allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
d3e8051b 5533@code{libiberty}'s documentation for a more detailed explanation of
1eb288ea
EZ
5534@code{obstacks}).
5535
5536The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
5537object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
5538representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
5539these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
5540symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
5541fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
d3e8051b 5542offset lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
1eb288ea
EZ
5543string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
5544information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
5545unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
5546various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
5547names of types.
5548
5549An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
5550that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
d3e8051b 5551various times during a debugging session, but it is released all at
1eb288ea
EZ
5552once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
5553function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
5554deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
5555start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
5556@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
5557obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
5558happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
5559is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
5560obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
5561@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
5562else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
5563use temporary @code{obstacks}.
5564
5565Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
5566under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
5567longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
5568when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
5569new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
5570
5571@section gnu-regex
56caf160 5572@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
5573
5574Regex conditionals.
5575
5576@table @code
c906108c
SS
5577@item C_ALLOCA
5578
5579@item NFAILURES
5580
5581@item RE_NREGS
5582
5583@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
5584
5585@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
5586
5587@item SYNTAX_TABLE
5588
5589@item Sword
5590
5591@item sparc
c906108c
SS
5592@end table
5593
350da6ee
DJ
5594@section Array Containers
5595@cindex Array Containers
5596@cindex VEC
5597
5598Often it is necessary to manipulate a dynamic array of a set of
5599objects. C forces some bookkeeping on this, which can get cumbersome
d3e8051b 5600and repetitive. The @file{vec.h} file contains macros for defining
350da6ee
DJ
5601and using a typesafe vector type. The functions defined will be
5602inlined when compiling, and so the abstraction cost should be zero.
5603Domain checks are added to detect programming errors.
5604
5605An example use would be an array of symbols or section information.
5606The array can be grown as symbols are read in (or preallocated), and
5607the accessor macros provided keep care of all the necessary
5608bookkeeping. Because the arrays are type safe, there is no danger of
5609accidentally mixing up the contents. Think of these as C++ templates,
5610but implemented in C.
5611
5612Because of the different behavior of structure objects, scalar objects
5613and of pointers, there are three flavors of vector, one for each of
5614these variants. Both the structure object and pointer variants pass
5615pointers to objects around --- in the former case the pointers are
5616stored into the vector and in the latter case the pointers are
5617dereferenced and the objects copied into the vector. The scalar
5618object variant is suitable for @code{int}-like objects, and the vector
5619elements are returned by value.
5620
5621There are both @code{index} and @code{iterate} accessors. The iterator
5622returns a boolean iteration condition and updates the iteration
5623variable passed by reference. Because the iterator will be inlined,
5624the address-of can be optimized away.
5625
5626The vectors are implemented using the trailing array idiom, thus they
5627are not resizeable without changing the address of the vector object
5628itself. This means you cannot have variables or fields of vector type
5629--- always use a pointer to a vector. The one exception is the final
5630field of a structure, which could be a vector type. You will have to
5631use the @code{embedded_size} & @code{embedded_init} calls to create
5632such objects, and they will probably not be resizeable (so don't use
5633the @dfn{safe} allocation variants). The trailing array idiom is used
5634(rather than a pointer to an array of data), because, if we allow
5635@code{NULL} to also represent an empty vector, empty vectors occupy
5636minimal space in the structure containing them.
5637
5638Each operation that increases the number of active elements is
5639available in @dfn{quick} and @dfn{safe} variants. The former presumes
5640that there is sufficient allocated space for the operation to succeed
5641(it dies if there is not). The latter will reallocate the vector, if
5642needed. Reallocation causes an exponential increase in vector size.
5643If you know you will be adding N elements, it would be more efficient
5644to use the reserve operation before adding the elements with the
5645@dfn{quick} operation. This will ensure there are at least as many
5646elements as you ask for, it will exponentially increase if there are
5647too few spare slots. If you want reserve a specific number of slots,
5648but do not want the exponential increase (for instance, you know this
5649is the last allocation), use a negative number for reservation. You
5650can also create a vector of a specific size from the get go.
5651
5652You should prefer the push and pop operations, as they append and
587afa38 5653remove from the end of the vector. If you need to remove several items
350da6ee
DJ
5654in one go, use the truncate operation. The insert and remove
5655operations allow you to change elements in the middle of the vector.
5656There are two remove operations, one which preserves the element
5657ordering @code{ordered_remove}, and one which does not
5658@code{unordered_remove}. The latter function copies the end element
5659into the removed slot, rather than invoke a memmove operation. The
5660@code{lower_bound} function will determine where to place an item in
5661the array using insert that will maintain sorted order.
5662
5663If you need to directly manipulate a vector, then the @code{address}
5664accessor will return the address of the start of the vector. Also the
5665@code{space} predicate will tell you whether there is spare capacity in the
5666vector. You will not normally need to use these two functions.
5667
5668Vector types are defined using a
5669@code{DEF_VEC_@{O,P,I@}(@var{typename})} macro. Variables of vector
5670type are declared using a @code{VEC(@var{typename})} macro. The
5671characters @code{O}, @code{P} and @code{I} indicate whether
5672@var{typename} is an object (@code{O}), pointer (@code{P}) or integral
5673(@code{I}) type. Be careful to pick the correct one, as you'll get an
5674awkward and inefficient API if you use the wrong one. There is a
5675check, which results in a compile-time warning, for the @code{P} and
5676@code{I} versions, but there is no check for the @code{O} versions, as
5677that is not possible in plain C.
5678
5679An example of their use would be,
5680
5681@smallexample
5682DEF_VEC_P(tree); // non-managed tree vector.
5683
5684struct my_struct @{
5685 VEC(tree) *v; // A (pointer to) a vector of tree pointers.
5686@};
5687
5688struct my_struct *s;
5689
5690if (VEC_length(tree, s->v)) @{ we have some contents @}
5691VEC_safe_push(tree, s->v, decl); // append some decl onto the end
5692for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(tree, s->v, ix, elt); ix++)
5693 @{ do something with elt @}
5694
5695@end smallexample
5696
5697The @file{vec.h} file provides details on how to invoke the various
5698accessors provided. They are enumerated here:
5699
5700@table @code
5701@item VEC_length
5702Return the number of items in the array,
5703
5704@item VEC_empty
5705Return true if the array has no elements.
5706
5707@item VEC_last
5708@itemx VEC_index
5709Return the last or arbitrary item in the array.
5710
5711@item VEC_iterate
5712Access an array element and indicate whether the array has been
5713traversed.
5714
5715@item VEC_alloc
5716@itemx VEC_free
5717Create and destroy an array.
5718
5719@item VEC_embedded_size
5720@itemx VEC_embedded_init
5721Helpers for embedding an array as the final element of another struct.
5722
5723@item VEC_copy
5724Duplicate an array.
5725
5726@item VEC_space
5727Return the amount of free space in an array.
5728
5729@item VEC_reserve
5730Ensure a certain amount of free space.
5731
5732@item VEC_quick_push
5733@itemx VEC_safe_push
5734Append to an array, either assuming the space is available, or making
5735sure that it is.
5736
5737@item VEC_pop
5738Remove the last item from an array.
5739
5740@item VEC_truncate
5741Remove several items from the end of an array.
5742
5743@item VEC_safe_grow
5744Add several items to the end of an array.
5745
5746@item VEC_replace
5747Overwrite an item in the array.
5748
5749@item VEC_quick_insert
5750@itemx VEC_safe_insert
5751Insert an item into the middle of the array. Either the space must
5752already exist, or the space is created.
5753
5754@item VEC_ordered_remove
5755@itemx VEC_unordered_remove
5756Remove an item from the array, preserving order or not.
5757
5758@item VEC_block_remove
5759Remove a set of items from the array.
5760
5761@item VEC_address
5762Provide the address of the first element.
5763
5764@item VEC_lower_bound
5765Binary search the array.
5766
5767@end table
5768
c906108c
SS
5769@section include
5770
5771@node Coding
5772
5773@chapter Coding
5774
5775This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 5776algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
5777
5778@section Cleanups
56caf160 5779@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
5780
5781Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 5782later.
c906108c 5783
cc1cb004
AC
5784When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
5785@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
5786the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
5787cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
5788and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
5789is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
5790cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
5791created.
c906108c
SS
5792
5793Syntax:
5794
5795@table @code
c906108c
SS
5796@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
5797Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
5798
56caf160 5799@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
5800@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
5801Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
5802@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
5803handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
5804@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
5805@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
5806from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 5807
56caf160 5808@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 5809@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
5810Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
5811@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
5812
5813@findex discard_cleanups
5814@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
5815Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
5816the chain and does not call the specified functions.
5817@end table
5818
5819Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
5820@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
5821later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
5822performed). E.g.:
56caf160 5823
474c8240 5824@smallexample
c906108c 5825make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
5826@{
5827 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
5828 make_cleanup (c, 0)
5829 ...
5830 do_cleanups (old);
5831@}
474c8240 5832@end smallexample
56caf160 5833
c906108c 5834@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
5835will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
5836cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
5837be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
5838
5839Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
5840Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
5841will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
5842to two common cleanup styles.
5843
5844The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5845@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
5846code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
5847code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
5848called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
5849@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 5850
474c8240 5851@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5852struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5853data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
5854make_cleanup (xfree, data);
5855... blah blah ...
5856do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 5857@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5858
5859The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5860@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
5861any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
5862code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
5863an error:
5864
474c8240 5865@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5866FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
5867struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
5868... blah blah ...
5869discard_cleanups (old);
5870return file;
474c8240 5871@end smallexample
c906108c 5872
c1468174 5873Some functions, e.g., @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
c906108c
SS
5874that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
5875means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
5876interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
5877functions, since they might never return to your code (they
5878@samp{longjmp} instead).
5879
ba8c9337
AC
5880@section Per-architecture module data
5881@cindex per-architecture module data
5882@cindex multi-arch data
5883@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
5884
fc989b7a
AC
5885The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
5886specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
5887architecture object.
5888
5889A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
5890
587afa38 5891@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct gdbarch_data *} gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
fc989b7a
AC
5892@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
5893per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
5894in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
5895architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
5896and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
587afa38 5897@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 5898
587afa38 5899@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct gdbarch_data *} gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
fc989b7a
AC
5900@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
5901per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
5902always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
5903initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
5904per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
5905other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
5906create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
587afa38 5907@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 5908
fc989b7a
AC
5909These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
5910identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 5911
fc989b7a 5912The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 5913
587afa38 5914@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {void *} gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
fc989b7a
AC
5915Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
5916@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
5917or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
5918current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
5919pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
5920corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
587afa38 5921@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 5922
fc989b7a 5923The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
5924
5925@smallexample
e7f16015 5926struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 5927static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
5928@end smallexample
5929
fc989b7a
AC
5930A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
5931per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
5932per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
5933creation.
ba8c9337 5934
fc989b7a
AC
5935In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
5936architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
5937from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
5938
5939@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5940static void *
5941nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 5942@{
fc989b7a
AC
5943 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
5944 return data;
5945@}
ba8c9337
AC
5946@end smallexample
5947
ba8c9337 5948@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5949extern void
5950set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 5951@{
ba8c9337 5952 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 5953 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
5954@}
5955@end smallexample
5956
587afa38 5957A module can on-demand create architecture dependent data structures
fc989b7a 5958using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 5959
fc989b7a
AC
5960In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
5961@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
5962architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
5963
5964@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5965static void *
5966nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5967@{
fc989b7a
AC
5968 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
5969 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
5970 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
5971@}
5972@end smallexample
5973
5974@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5975extern int
5976nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5977@{
fc989b7a
AC
5978 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
5979 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
5980@}
5981@end smallexample
5982
c906108c 5983@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 5984@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 5985
56caf160 5986@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
5987Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
5988or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
5989added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
5990routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
5991exceeded.
5992
5993The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
5994printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
5995away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
5996@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
5997@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
5998return!
5999
56caf160 6000It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
6001space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
6002indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
6003the line wraps there.
6004
6005Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
6006finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 6007to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
6008print warnings are a good example.
6009
25822942 6010@section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards
56caf160 6011@cindex coding standards
c906108c 6012
25822942 6013@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
c906108c 6014@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
af6c57ea
AC
6015FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
6016of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
6017but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
c906108c 6018
56caf160
EZ
6019@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
6020@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
c906108c 6021
af6c57ea 6022
b9aa90c9 6023@subsection ISO C
af6c57ea 6024
b9aa90c9
AC
6025@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
6026compiler.
af6c57ea 6027
b9aa90c9 6028@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
af6c57ea
AC
6029
6030
6031@subsection Memory Management
6032
6033@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
6034@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
6035
6036@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
6037@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
6038these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
6039they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
6040@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
6041
6042@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
6043memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
6044behavior.}
6045
6046@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
6047
6048@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
6049memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
6050free a @code{NULL} pointer.
6051
6052@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
6053@code{NULL} pointer.}
6054
6055@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
6056allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
6057
6058@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
6059restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
6060
6061@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
b435e160 6062function @code{xstrprintf}.
af6c57ea
AC
6063
6064@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
6065functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
6066errors.}
6067
6068
6069@subsection Compiler Warnings
56caf160 6070@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea 6071
aa79a185
DJ
6072With few exceptions, developers should avoid the configuration option
6073@samp{--disable-werror} when building @value{GDBN}. The exceptions
6074are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}. The default, when
6075building with @sc{gcc}, is @samp{--enable-werror}.
af6c57ea
AC
6076
6077This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
6078with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
aa79a185 6079from those flags are treated as errors.
af6c57ea
AC
6080
6081The current list of warning flags includes:
6082
6083@table @samp
aa79a185
DJ
6084@item -Wall
6085Recommended @sc{gcc} warnings.
af6c57ea 6086
aa79a185 6087@item -Wdeclaration-after-statement
af6c57ea 6088
aa79a185
DJ
6089@sc{gcc} 3.x (and later) and @sc{c99} allow declarations mixed with
6090code, but @sc{gcc} 2.x and @sc{c89} do not.
af6c57ea 6091
aa79a185 6092@item -Wpointer-arith
af6c57ea 6093
aa79a185
DJ
6094@item -Wformat-nonliteral
6095Non-literal format strings, with a few exceptions, are bugs - they
d3e8051b 6096might contain unintended user-supplied format specifiers.
af6c57ea 6097Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
aa79a185 6098@code{printf} like functions this checks not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
6099but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
6100
7be93b9e
JB
6101@item -Wno-pointer-sign
6102In version 4.0, GCC began warning about pointer argument passing or
6103assignment even when the source and destination differed only in
6104signedness. However, most @value{GDBN} code doesn't distinguish
6105carefully between @code{char} and @code{unsigned char}. In early 2006
6106the @value{GDBN} developers decided correcting these warnings wasn't
6107worth the time it would take.
6108
aa79a185
DJ
6109@item -Wno-unused-parameter
6110Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented many functions have
6111unused parameters. Consequently this warning is avoided. The macro
af6c57ea
AC
6112@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
6113it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
aa79a185
DJ
6114is being used.
6115
6116@item -Wno-unused
6117@itemx -Wno-switch
58b38ee2 6118@itemx -Wno-char-subscripts
aa79a185
DJ
6119These are warnings which might be useful for @value{GDBN}, but are
6120currently too noisy to enable with @samp{-Werror}.
af6c57ea 6121
aa79a185 6122@end table
c906108c
SS
6123
6124@subsection Formatting
6125
56caf160 6126@cindex source code formatting
c906108c
SS
6127The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
6128strictly.
6129
af6c57ea
AC
6130A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
6131function definition should have its name in column zero.
6132
474c8240 6133@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6134/* Declaration */
6135static void foo (void);
6136/* Definition */
6137void
6138foo (void)
6139@{
6140@}
474c8240 6141@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6142
6143@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
6144be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
c906108c 6145
af6c57ea
AC
6146There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
6147parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
6148required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
6149or before a close paren/bracket.
c906108c
SS
6150
6151While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
6152more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
af6c57ea
AC
6153after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
6154whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
6155for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
6156
6157Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
6158
474c8240 6159@smallexample
af6c57ea 6160void *foo;
474c8240 6161@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6162
6163@noindent
6164and not:
6165
474c8240 6166@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6167void * foo;
6168void* foo;
474c8240 6169@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
6170
6171@subsection Comments
6172
56caf160 6173@cindex comment formatting
c906108c
SS
6174The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
6175
af6c57ea
AC
6176Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
6177@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
c906108c 6178
474c8240 6179@smallexample
c906108c
SS
6180/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
6181 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
6182 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
6183 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
25822942 6184 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
474c8240 6185@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
6186
6187(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
56caf160 6188comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
c906108c
SS
6189
6190Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
6191variable definitions, and the definition itself.
6192
6193In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
6194than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
6195line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
6196than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
6197
6198@subsection C Usage
6199
56caf160 6200@cindex C data types
c906108c
SS
6201Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
6202host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
6203of evaluation of expressions.
6204
56caf160 6205@cindex function usage
c906108c 6206Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
56caf160
EZ
6207in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
6208call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
6209limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
c906108c
SS
6210
6211However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
6212are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
6213
af6c57ea 6214@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
9e678452
CF
6215(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
6216protected with parentheses.)
af6c57ea
AC
6217
6218@cindex types
c906108c 6219
af6c57ea
AC
6220Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
6221declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
6222
6223
6224@subsection Function Prototypes
56caf160 6225@cindex function prototypes
af6c57ea
AC
6226
6227Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
6228a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
6229argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
6230function definition.
c906108c 6231
53a5351d
JM
6232All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
6233callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
6234be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
6235visible to random source files.
c906108c 6236
af6c57ea
AC
6237Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
6238that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
6239
6240
6241@subsection Internal Error Recovery
6242
6243During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
6244User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
6245entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
6246object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
6247Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
6248run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
6249
6250When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
6251@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
6252
6253@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
6254
6255@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
6256the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
6257@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
6258error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
6259
6260@subsection File Names
6261
6262Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
587afa38 6263case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
af6c57ea
AC
6264unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
6265
6266@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
6267platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
6268is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
6269@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
6270convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
6271@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
6272@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
6273
6274Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
6275of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
6276
6277@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
6278
6279When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
6280@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
b4177fca
DJ
6281@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
6282independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
6283the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
6284should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
6285programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
af6c57ea
AC
6286
6287For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
6288
6289
6290@subsection Include Files
6291
e2b28d04 6292A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
af6c57ea 6293
e2b28d04
AC
6294A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
6295declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
6296indirect inclusion.
af6c57ea 6297
e2b28d04
AC
6298A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
6299declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
6300indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
6301be directly included.
af6c57ea 6302
e2b28d04 6303An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
af6c57ea 6304
e2b28d04
AC
6305An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
6306Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
6307pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
6308
6309A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
6310
6311An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
6312files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
6313@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
6314
6315All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
af6c57ea 6316
474c8240 6317@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6318#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
6319#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
6320header body
6321#endif
474c8240 6322@end smallexample
af6c57ea 6323
c906108c 6324
dab11f21 6325@subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 6326
56caf160 6327@cindex design
c906108c 6328In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 6329semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
6330experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
6331trouble.
6332
56caf160 6333@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
6334You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
6335(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
6336must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
6337@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
6338such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
6339
6340You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
6341the target system. All references to the target must go through the
6342current @code{target_ops} vector.
6343
6344You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
6345(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
6346assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
6347host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
6348written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
6349copyright problems.
6350
56caf160 6351@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
6352Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
6353to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
6354systems.
6355
56caf160 6356@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
6357New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
6358or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
6359for features. The information about which configurations contain which
6360features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
6361has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
6362often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
6363predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
6364time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
6365with regard to this feature.
6366
6367Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 6368target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 6369
dab11f21
EZ
6370@cindex portable file name handling
6371@cindex file names, portability
6372One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
6373creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
6374assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
6375a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
6376directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
6377necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
6378system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
6379name, use the following portable macros:
6380
6381@table @code
6382@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
6383@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
6384This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
6385whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
6386symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
6387such hosts.
6388
6389@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 6390@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
6391Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
6392character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
6393such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
6394pass.
6395
6396@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
6397@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
6398Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
6399For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
6400@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
6401@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
6402
6403@findex FILENAME_CMP
6404@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
6405Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
6406appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
6407this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
6408will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
6409
6410@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
6411@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
6412Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
6413@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
6414This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
6415
6416@findex SLASH_STRING
6417@item SLASH_STRING
6418This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
6419absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
6420@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
6421@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
6422@end table
6423
6424In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
6425functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
6426basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
6427@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
6428platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
6429with @code{strrchr}.
6430
25822942
DB
6431Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
6432attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
6433multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
6434by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
6435well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
6436something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
6437using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
6438@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 6439current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 6440is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
6441implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
6442attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 6443formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 6444
56caf160
EZ
6445Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
6446the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
6447@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
6448something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
6449consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
6450with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
6451file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
6452radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 6453
af6c57ea
AC
6454All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
6455@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
6456messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
6457@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
6458
c906108c 6459
8487521e 6460@node Porting GDB
c906108c 6461
25822942 6462@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 6463@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 6464
56caf160 6465Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
587afa38
EZ
6466specifying the configuration of the machine. Porting a new
6467architecture to @value{GDBN} can be broken into a number of steps.
c906108c 6468
56caf160 6469@itemize @bullet
c906108c 6470
587afa38
EZ
6471@item
6472Ensure a @sc{bfd} exists for executables of the target architecture in
6473the @file{bfd} directory. If one does not exist, create one by
6474modifying an existing similar one.
56caf160 6475
587afa38
EZ
6476@item
6477Implement a disassembler for the target architecture in the @file{opcodes}
6478directory.
56caf160 6479
587afa38
EZ
6480@item
6481Define the target architecture in the @file{gdb} directory
6482(@pxref{Adding a New Target, , Adding a New Target}). Add the pattern
6483for the new target to @file{configure.tgt} with the names of the files
6484that contain the code. By convention the target architecture
6485definition for an architecture @var{arch} is placed in
6486@file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}.
6487
6488Within @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c} define the function
6489@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} which calls
6490@code{gdbarch_register} to create the new @code{@w{struct
6491gdbarch}} for the architecture.
56caf160 6492
587afa38
EZ
6493@item
6494If a new remote target is needed, consider adding a new remote target
6495by defining a function
6496@code{_initialize_remote_@var{arch}}. However if at all possible
6497use the @value{GDBN} @emph{Remote Serial Protocol} for this and implement
6498the server side protocol independently with the target.
c906108c 6499
587afa38
EZ
6500@item
6501If desired implement a simulator in the @file{sim} directory. This
6502should create the library @file{libsim.a} implementing the interface
6503in @file{remote-sim.h} (found in the @file{include} directory).
c906108c 6504
56caf160 6505@item
587afa38
EZ
6506Build and test. If desired, lobby the @sc{gdb} steering group to
6507have the new port included in the main distribution!
7fd60527 6508
56caf160 6509@item
587afa38
EZ
6510Add a description of the new architecture to the main @value{GDBN} user
6511guide (@pxref{Configuration Specific Information, , Configuration
6512Specific Information, gdb, Debugging with @value{GDBN}}).
6513
56caf160 6514@end itemize
c906108c 6515
d52fe014
AC
6516@node Versions and Branches
6517@chapter Versions and Branches
8973da3a 6518
d52fe014 6519@section Versions
8973da3a 6520
d52fe014
AC
6521@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file
6522@file{gdb/version.in} and takes one of the following forms:
fb0ff88f 6523
d52fe014
AC
6524@table @asis
6525@item @var{major}.@var{minor}
6526@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
6527an official release (e.g., 6.2 or 6.2.1)
6528@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6529a snapshot taken at @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-gmt (e.g.,
65306.1.50.20020302, 6.1.90.20020304, or 6.1.0.20020308)
6531@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-cvs
6532a @sc{cvs} check out drawn on @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD} (e.g.,
65336.1.50.20020302-cvs, 6.1.90.20020304-cvs, or 6.1.0.20020308-cvs)
6534@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} (@var{vendor})
d52fe014 6535a vendor specific release of @value{GDBN}, that while based on@*
53531fc1
AC
6536@var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD},
6537may include additional changes
d52fe014 6538@end table
fb0ff88f 6539
d52fe014
AC
6540@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses the @var{major} and @var{minor} version
6541numbers from the most recent release branch, with a @var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
6542of 50. At the time each new release branch is created, the mainline's
6543@var{major} and @var{minor} version numbers are updated.
fb0ff88f 6544
53531fc1
AC
6545@value{GDBN}'s release branch is similar. When the branch is cut, the
6546@var{patchlevel} is changed from 50 to 90. As draft releases are
6547drawn from the branch, the @var{patchlevel} is incremented. Once the
6548first release (@var{major}.@var{minor}) has been made, the
6549@var{patchlevel} is set to 0 and updates have an incremented
6550@var{patchlevel}.
6551
6552For snapshots, and @sc{cvs} check outs, it is also possible to
6553identify the @sc{cvs} origin:
6554
6555@table @asis
6556@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.50.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6557drawn from the @sc{head} of mainline @sc{cvs} (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302)
6558@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.90.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6559@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.91.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
6560drawn from a release branch prior to the release (e.g.,
65616.1.90.20020304)
6562@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.0.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6563@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.1.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
6564drawn from a release branch after the release (e.g., 6.2.0.20020308)
6565@end table
fb0ff88f 6566
d52fe014
AC
6567If the previous @value{GDBN} version is 6.1 and the current version is
65686.2, then, substituting 6 for @var{major} and 1 or 2 for @var{minor},
6569here's an illustration of a typical sequence:
fb0ff88f 6570
d52fe014
AC
6571@smallexample
6572 <HEAD>
6573 |
53531fc1 65746.1.50.20020302-cvs
d52fe014 6575 |
53531fc1 6576 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6577 | <gdb_6_2-branch>
d52fe014 6578 | |
53531fc1
AC
65796.2.50.20020303-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1)
6580 | |
65816.2.50.20020304-cvs 6.1.90.20020304-cvs
6582 | |
65836.2.50.20020305-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2)
d52fe014 6584 | |
53531fc1
AC
65856.2.50.20020306-cvs 6.1.91.20020306-cvs
6586 | |
65876.2.50.20020307-cvs 6.2 (release)
6588 | |
65896.2.50.20020308-cvs 6.2.0.20020308-cvs
6590 | |
65916.2.50.20020309-cvs 6.2.1 (update)
6592 | |
65936.2.50.20020310-cvs <branch closed>
d52fe014 6594 |
53531fc1 65956.2.50.20020311-cvs
d52fe014 6596 |
53531fc1 6597 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6598 | <gdb_6_3-branch>
53531fc1
AC
6599 | |
66006.3.50.20020312-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1)
6601 | |
d52fe014 6602@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6603
d52fe014
AC
6604@section Release Branches
6605@cindex Release Branches
fb0ff88f 6606
d52fe014
AC
6607@value{GDBN} draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, @dots{}) from a
6608single release branch, and identifies that branch using the @sc{cvs}
6609branch tags:
fb0ff88f 6610
d52fe014
AC
6611@smallexample
6612gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-branchpoint
6613gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-branch
6614gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-release
6615@end smallexample
6616
6617@emph{Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or
6618release is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the
6619date that they are cut (@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}) in the tag. The
6620branch tag, denoting the head of the branch, does not need this.}
6621
6622@section Vendor Branches
6623@cindex vendor branches
fb0ff88f
AC
6624
6625To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
6626@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
6627(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
d3e8051b 6628its version identifier). E.g., @samp{6.2widgit2}, or @samp{6.2 (Widgit
d52fe014
AC
6629Inc Patch 2)}.
6630
6631@section Experimental Branches
6632@cindex experimental branches
6633
6634@subsection Guidelines
6635
6636@value{GDBN} permits the creation of branches, cut from the @sc{cvs}
6637repository, for experimental development. Branches make it possible
6638for developers to share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine
6639significant new developments.
fb0ff88f 6640
d52fe014 6641The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches:
fb0ff88f 6642
d52fe014
AC
6643@table @emph
6644
6645@item a branch has an owner
6646The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change the
6647ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for commits (be it
6648adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit).
6649
6650@item all commits are posted
6651All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to
87f9adc1 6652@email{gdb-patches@@sourceware.org, the @value{GDBN} patches
d52fe014
AC
6653mailing list}. While commentary on such changes are encouraged, people
6654should remember that the changes only apply to a branch.
6655
6656@item all commits are covered by an assignment
6657This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software Foundation,
6658and avoids the possibility that the branch may become contaminated.
6659
6660@item a branch is focused
6661A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not contain
6662unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where identified, being
6663be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible.
6664
6665@item a branch tracks mainline
6666This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps the
6667pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into the
6668mainline.
6669
6670@item a branch shall contain the entire @value{GDBN} module
6671The @value{GDBN} module @code{gdb} should be specified when creating a
6672branch (branches of individual files should be avoided). @xref{Tags}.
6673
6674@item a branch shall be branded using @file{version.in}
6675The file @file{gdb/version.in} shall be modified so that it identifies
6676the branch @var{owner} and branch @var{name}, e.g.,
53531fc1 6677@samp{6.2.50.20030303_owner_name} or @samp{6.2 (Owner Name)}.
d52fe014
AC
6678
6679@end table
fb0ff88f 6680
d52fe014
AC
6681@subsection Tags
6682@anchor{Tags}
fb0ff88f 6683
d52fe014
AC
6684To simplify the identification of @value{GDBN} branches, the following
6685branch tagging convention is strongly recommended:
fb0ff88f 6686
d52fe014 6687@table @code
fb0ff88f 6688
d52fe014
AC
6689@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6690@itemx @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch
6691The branch point and corresponding branch tag. @var{YYYYMMDD} is the
6692date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the
6693sequence: @anchor{experimental branch tags}
474c8240 6694@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6695cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint gdb
6696cvs rtag -b -r @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint \
6697 @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch gdb
474c8240 6698@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6699
d52fe014
AC
6700@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
6701The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the branch
6702on @var{yyyymmdd}. To merge in all changes since the branch was cut,
6703use a command sequence like:
474c8240 6704@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6705cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint gdb
6706cvs update \
6707 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6708 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
474c8240 6709@end smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6710@noindent
6711Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the last
6712merge.
6713
6714@end table
fb0ff88f 6715
d52fe014
AC
6716@noindent
6717For further information on @sc{cvs}, see
6718@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/, Concurrent Versions System}.
6719
55f6ca0f
JB
6720@node Start of New Year Procedure
6721@chapter Start of New Year Procedure
6722@cindex new year procedure
6723
6724At the start of each new year, the following actions should be performed:
6725
6726@itemize @bullet
6727@item
6728Rotate the ChangeLog file
6729
6730The current @file{ChangeLog} file should be renamed into
6731@file{ChangeLog-YYYY} where YYYY is the year that has just passed.
6732A new @file{ChangeLog} file should be created, and its contents should
6733contain a reference to the previous ChangeLog. The following should
6734also be preserved at the end of the new ChangeLog, in order to provide
6735the appropriate settings when editing this file with Emacs:
6736@smallexample
6737Local Variables:
6738mode: change-log
6739left-margin: 8
6740fill-column: 74
6741version-control: never
9cb011d3 6742coding: utf-8
55f6ca0f
JB
6743End:
6744@end smallexample
6745
7f893741
JB
6746@item
6747Add an entry for the newly created ChangeLog file (@file{ChangeLog-YYYY})
6748in @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
6749
55f6ca0f
JB
6750@item
6751Update the copyright year in the startup message
6752
9cb011d3
JB
6753Update the copyright year in:
6754@itemize @bullet
e6f3ec50
JB
6755 @item
6756 file @file{top.c}, function @code{print_gdb_version}
6757 @item
6758 file @file{gdbserver/server.c}, function @code{gdbserver_version}
6759 @item
6760 file @file{gdbserver/gdbreplay.c}, function @code{gdbreplay_version}
9cb011d3 6761@end itemize
6ec2edbe
JB
6762
6763@item
e6f3ec50
JB
6764Run the @file{copyright.sh} script to add the new year in the copyright
6765notices of most source files. This script requires Emacs 22 or later to
6766be installed.
6767
6768@item
6769The new year also needs to be added manually in all other files that
6770are not already taken care of by the @file{copyright.sh} script:
6771@itemize @bullet
6772 @item
6773 @file{*.s}
6774 @item
6775 @file{*.f}
6776 @item
6777 @file{*.f90}
6778 @item
6779 @file{*.igen}
6780 @item
6781 @file{*.ac}
6782 @item
6783 @file{*.texi}
6784 @item
6785 @file{*.texinfo}
6786 @item
6787 @file{*.tex}
6788 @item
6789 @file{*.defs}
6790 @item
6791 @file{*.1}
6792@end itemize
6ec2edbe 6793
55f6ca0f
JB
6794@end itemize
6795
d52fe014 6796@node Releasing GDB
fb0ff88f 6797
d52fe014
AC
6798@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
6799@cindex making a new release of gdb
fb0ff88f 6800
9bb0a4d8
AC
6801@section Branch Commit Policy
6802
6803The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
68045.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
6805
6806@itemize @bullet
6807@item
6808The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
6809@item
6810Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
6811trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 6812file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
6813@item
6814When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
6815Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
6816when debugging a static binary?
6817@item
6818The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
6819the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
6820@item
6821Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
6822sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
6823@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
6824@end itemize
6825
6826@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
6827functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
6828This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
6829reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
6830
6831
cbb09e6a 6832@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 6833
8642bc8f 6834Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
6835code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
6836(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 6837
8642bc8f 6838Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
6839line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
6840been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 6841
cbb09e6a
AC
6842The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
6843wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
6844Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 6845
cbb09e6a 6846@enumerate
8973da3a 6847@item
87f9adc1 6848Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sourceware.org, the GDB mailing
cbb09e6a
AC
6849list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
6850recommended.
8973da3a 6851@item
cbb09e6a 6852Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6853@item
87f9adc1 6854Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sourceware.org, the GDB
cbb09e6a 6855Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 6856@item
cbb09e6a 6857Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6858@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6859Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
6860prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
6861@item
6862Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
6863released.
6864@item
6865Remove the obsolete code.
6866@end enumerate
6867
6868@noindent
6869@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
6870hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
6871helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
6872or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
6873the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
6874hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 6875
8973da3a 6876
9ae8b82c
AC
6877
6878@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 6879
8642bc8f
AC
6880The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
6881changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
6882instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
6883building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
6884@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 6885
9ae8b82c 6886@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 6887
9ae8b82c
AC
6888People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
6889something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
6890script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 6891
9ae8b82c 6892@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 6893
9ae8b82c
AC
6894Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
6895@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
6896@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
6897
6898@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 6899
8642bc8f 6900A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 6901
8642bc8f
AC
6902@itemize @bullet
6903@item
6904@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
6905@item
9ae8b82c
AC
6906@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
6907file)
6908@item
6909@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
6910@end itemize
6911
9ae8b82c 6912@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 6913
87f9adc1 6914@uref{http://sourceware.org/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
9ae8b82c
AC
6915(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
6916conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
6917of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
6918regressions.
8642bc8f 6919
9ae8b82c 6920@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 6921
9ae8b82c 6922Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 6923
9ae8b82c 6924@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 6925
9ae8b82c 6926The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 6927
8642bc8f 6928
30107679 6929@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 6930
30107679 6931@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 6932
474c8240 6933@smallexample
30107679
AC
6934$ u=5.1
6935$ v=5.2
6936$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6937$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6938$ echo $u $V $D
69395.1 5_2 2002-03-03
87f9adc1 6940$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6941-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight
87f9adc1 6942cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag
b247355e 6943-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight
30107679
AC
6944$ ^echo ^^
6945...
87f9adc1 6946$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6947-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight
87f9adc1 6948cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6949-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight
30107679
AC
6950$ ^echo ^^
6951...
8642bc8f 6952$
474c8240 6953@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6954
6955@itemize @bullet
6956@item
b247355e 6957By using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt}, the branch is forced to an exact
30107679
AC
6958date/time.
6959@item
b247355e 6960The trunk is first tagged so that the branch point can easily be found.
30107679 6961@item
b247355e 6962Insight, which includes @value{GDBN}, is tagged at the same time.
8642bc8f 6963@item
b247355e 6964@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts.
8642bc8f 6965@item
b247355e 6966The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}.
30107679
AC
6967@end itemize
6968
6969@subheading Update @file{version.in}
6970
6971@smallexample
6972$ u=5.1
6973$ v=5.2
6974$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6975$ echo $u $v$V
69765.1 5_2
6977$ cd /tmp
87f9adc1 6978$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src co \
30107679 6979-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
87f9adc1 6980cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src co
30107679
AC
6981 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
6982$ ^echo ^^
6983U src/gdb/version.in
6984$ cd src/gdb
6985$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
6986$ cat version.in
69875.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
6988$ cvs -f commit version.in
6989@end smallexample
6990
6991@itemize @bullet
6992@item
6993@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
b247355e 6994mechanism.
30107679
AC
6995@item
6996@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
b247355e 6997initial branch version number.
8642bc8f
AC
6998@end itemize
6999
8642bc8f
AC
7000
7001@subheading Update the web and news pages
7002
30107679
AC
7003Something?
7004
8642bc8f
AC
7005@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
7006
30107679
AC
7007The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
7008This file needs to be updated so that:
7009
7010@itemize @bullet
7011@item
b247355e 7012A daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}.
30107679 7013@item
b247355e 7014The new branch is included in the snapshot process.
30107679
AC
7015@end itemize
7016
7017@noindent
7018See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
7019cron table.
7020
7021The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
7022any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
7023snapshot directories.
7024
7025
7026@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
7027
7028The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
7029to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
7030refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
7031
7032The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
7033current release.
7034
7035@subheading Post the branch info
7036
7037Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
7038
7039@itemize @bullet
7040@item
87f9adc1 7041@email{gdb-announce@@sourceware.org, GDB Announcement mailing list}
30107679 7042@item
87f9adc1
PM
7043@email{gdb@@sourceware.org, GDB Discussion mailing list} and
7044@email{gdb-testers@@sourceware.org, GDB Testers mailing list}
16737d73 7045@end itemize
30107679
AC
7046
7047@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
7048ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
7049list are alerted.}
7050
7051The announcement should include:
7052
7053@itemize @bullet
7054@item
b247355e 7055The branch tag.
30107679 7056@item
b247355e 7057How to check out the branch using CVS.
30107679 7058@item
b247355e 7059The date/number of weeks until the release.
30107679 7060@item
b247355e 7061The branch commit policy still holds.
16737d73 7062@end itemize
30107679 7063
8642bc8f
AC
7064@section Stabilize the branch
7065
7066Something goes here.
7067
7068@section Create a Release
7069
0816590b
AC
7070The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
7071down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
7072process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
7073process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 7074
0816590b
AC
7075When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
7076
7077@subsection Create a release candidate
7078
7079The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
7080made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
7081candidate).
7082
7083@subsubheading Freeze the branch
7084
7085Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
87f9adc1 7086@email{gdb-patches@@sourceware.org}.
0816590b
AC
7087
7088@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 7089
474c8240 7090@smallexample
0816590b
AC
7091$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
7092$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
7093$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
7094$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 7095/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
7096$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
7097$ cd $t/$b/$v
7098$ pwd
0816590b 7099/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
7100$ which autoconf
7101/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 7102$
474c8240 7103@end smallexample
8973da3a 7104
0816590b
AC
7105@noindent
7106Notes:
8973da3a 7107
0816590b
AC
7108@itemize @bullet
7109@item
7110Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
af542c2e 7111version documented in the toplevel @file{README-maintainer-mode} file.
bc3a0b4d
RW
7112It is very unlikely that the version of @code{autoconf} installed in
7113system directories (e.g., @file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
0816590b
AC
7114@end itemize
7115
7116@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 7117
474c8240 7118@smallexample
b247355e 7119$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 7120do
8973da3a
AC
7121( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
7122done
8642bc8f 7123$
474c8240 7124@end smallexample
8973da3a 7125
0816590b
AC
7126@noindent
7127Note:
8642bc8f 7128
0816590b
AC
7129@itemize @bullet
7130@item
7131The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
7132any confusion between what is written here and what your local
7133@code{cvs} really does.
7134@end itemize
7135
7136@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 7137
0816590b
AC
7138@table @file
7139
7140@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
7141
7142Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
7143releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
7144
0816590b 7145Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 7146
474c8240 7147@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7148$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
7149...
7150c-x 4 a
7151...
7152c-x c-s c-x c-c
7153$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
7154$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7155@end smallexample
8973da3a 7156
0816590b
AC
7157@item gdb/README
7158
7159You'll need to update:
8973da3a 7160
0816590b
AC
7161@itemize @bullet
7162@item
b247355e 7163The version.
0816590b 7164@item
b247355e 7165The update date.
0816590b 7166@item
b247355e 7167Who did it.
0816590b 7168@end itemize
8973da3a 7169
474c8240 7170@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7171$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
7172...
8973da3a 7173c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 7174...
8973da3a 7175c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
7176$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
7177$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7178@end smallexample
8973da3a 7179
0816590b
AC
7180@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
7181before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
7182to get it updated.}
8973da3a 7183
8642bc8f
AC
7184@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
7185@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
7186pursuing.}
8973da3a 7187
0816590b 7188@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 7189
474c8240 7190@smallexample
8642bc8f 7191$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
7192$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
71935.2
8642bc8f 7194$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
7195...
7196c-x 4 a
0816590b 7197... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 7198c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
7199$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
7200$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7201@end smallexample
8973da3a 7202
0816590b
AC
7203@end table
7204
7205@subsubheading Do the dirty work
7206
7207This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 7208
4ce8657e
MC
7209@smallexample
7210$ for m in gdb insight
7211do
7212( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
7213done
4ce8657e
MC
7214@end smallexample
7215
7216If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
7217(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
7218
474c8240 7219@smallexample
0816590b 7220$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 7221do
0816590b 7222( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 7223done
474c8240 7224@end smallexample
8973da3a 7225
0816590b 7226@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 7227
0816590b 7228You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
7229@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
7230for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 7231
474c8240 7232@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7233$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
7234M djunpack.bat
0816590b 7235? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 7236? proto-toplev
0816590b 7237@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
7238M gdb/ChangeLog
7239M gdb/NEWS
7240M gdb/README
7241M gdb/version.in
0816590b 7242@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 7243$
474c8240 7244@end smallexample
8973da3a 7245
0816590b 7246@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
7247@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
7248@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
7249was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
d3e8051b 7250didn't get suppressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 7251
0816590b 7252@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 7253
474c8240 7254@smallexample
0816590b
AC
7255$ cp */src/*.tar .
7256$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
7257$ ls -F
b247355e 7258gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
0816590b
AC
7259$ for m in gdb insight
7260do
7261bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
7262gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
7263done
7264$
474c8240 7265@end smallexample
8973da3a 7266
0816590b
AC
7267@noindent
7268Note:
7269
7270@itemize @bullet
7271@item
7272A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
7273in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
7274can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
7275process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
7276@end itemize
7277
7278@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 7279
0816590b 7280Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 7281
0816590b
AC
7282@smallexample
7283$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
7284$ cd gdb-5.2
7285$ ./configure
7286$ make
7287@dots{}
7288$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
7289GNU gdb 5.2
7290@dots{}
7291(gdb) b main
7292Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
7293(gdb) run
7294Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
7295
7296Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
7297734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7298(gdb) print args
7299$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
7300(gdb)
7301@end smallexample
8973da3a 7302
0816590b 7303@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 7304
0816590b 7305If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 7306
0816590b
AC
7307@enumerate
7308@item
7309Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
7310@item
7311Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
7312@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
7313process can restart.
7314@item
7315Make the release candidate available in
87f9adc1 7316@uref{ftp://sourceware.org/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
0816590b 7317@item
87f9adc1
PM
7318Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sourceware.org} and
7319@email{gdb-testers@@sourceware.org} that the candidate is available.
0816590b 7320@end enumerate
8642bc8f 7321
0816590b 7322@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 7323
0816590b 7324(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 7325
0816590b 7326@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 7327
0816590b 7328Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 7329
474c8240 7330@smallexample
0816590b 7331$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 7332$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 7333@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7334
0816590b
AC
7335@noindent
7336Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
587afa38 7337are available (e.g.@: keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
0816590b
AC
7338
7339@smallexample
7340$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
7341$ rm @dots{}
7342@end smallexample
7343
7344@noindent
7345Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
7346directory:
7347
7348@smallexample
7349$ vi README
7350@dots{}
7351$ rm -f .message
7352$ ln README .message
7353@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7354
0816590b 7355@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 7356
0816590b
AC
7357@table @file
7358
7359@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
7360This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
7361@itemize @bullet
7362@item
b247355e 7363General announcement.
8642bc8f 7364@item
0816590b
AC
7365News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
7366earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 7367@item
b247355e 7368Errata.
0816590b
AC
7369@end itemize
7370
7371@item htdocs/index.html
7372@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
7373@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
7374These files include:
7375@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 7376@item
b247355e 7377Announcement of the most recent release.
8642bc8f 7378@item
b247355e 7379News entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 7380@end itemize
0816590b 7381These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 7382
0816590b 7383@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
7384You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
7385docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 7386from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
7387Something like:
7388
474c8240 7389@smallexample
8642bc8f 7390$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 7391 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 7392 $PWD/www \
0816590b 7393 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 7394 gdb
474c8240 7395@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7396
0816590b
AC
7397@item download/ari/
7398Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 7399
0816590b
AC
7400@smallexample
7401$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
7402 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
7403 $PWD/www \
7404 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
7405 gdb
7406@end smallexample
7407
7408@end table
7409
7410@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
7411
7412Something goes here.
7413
7414
7415@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
7416
7417At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
7418@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
7419
7420@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
7421
7422Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
7423
7424@itemize @bullet
7425@item
87f9adc1 7426@email{gdb-announce@@sourceware.org, GDB Announcement mailing list}
8642bc8f 7427@item
0816590b
AC
7428@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
7429day or so to let things get out)
7430@item
7431@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
7432@end itemize
7433
0816590b 7434@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 7435
0816590b 7436The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 7437
0816590b 7438@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 7439
0816590b 7440In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
7441
7442@itemize @bullet
7443@item
7444@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
7445@item
7446@file{gdb/version.in}
7447@item
7448@file{gdb/NEWS}
7449@item
7450@file{gdb/README}
7451@end itemize
7452
0816590b 7453@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
7454
7455Something like:
7456
474c8240 7457@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7458$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
7459$ echo $d
74602002-01-24
7461$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 7462$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 7463@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7464
0816590b 7465Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
b247355e 7466@value{GDBN}.
0816590b
AC
7467
7468@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 7469
0816590b
AC
7470Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
7471indicates when the release was made.
7472
7473@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
7474
7475If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
7476@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
7477committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 7478@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
7479is important - it affects the snapshot process).
7480
7481Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
7482
0816590b 7483@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 7484
8642bc8f
AC
7485The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
7486trunk.
8973da3a 7487
0816590b
AC
7488@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
7489
87f9adc1 7490Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sourceware.org, GDB
0816590b
AC
7491Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
7492generated by running:
7493
7494@smallexample
7495$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
7496@end smallexample
7497
7498@noindent
7499The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
7500of the most recent release.
7501
7502Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
7503
8642bc8f 7504@section Post release
8973da3a 7505
8642bc8f 7506Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 7507
085dd6e6
JM
7508@node Testsuite
7509
7510@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 7511@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 7512
56caf160
EZ
7513The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
7514While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
7515this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
7516the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
7517to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 7518
b247355e
NR
7519The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework. The
7520tests themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework
7521runs all the procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
7522
7523@section Using the Testsuite
7524
56caf160 7525@cindex running the test suite
25822942 7526To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
7527testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
7528environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
7529the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
7530and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
7531finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 7532
474c8240 7533@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
7534 === gdb Summary ===
7535
7536# of expected passes 6016
7537# of unexpected failures 58
7538# of unexpected successes 5
7539# of expected failures 183
7540# of unresolved testcases 3
7541# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 7542@end smallexample
56caf160 7543
a9f158ec
JB
7544To run a specific test script, type:
7545@example
7546make check RUNTESTFLAGS='@var{tests}'
7547@end example
7548where @var{tests} is a list of test script file names, separated by
7549spaces.
7550
f5a33284
TT
7551If you use GNU make, you can use its @option{-j} option to run the
7552testsuite in parallel. This can greatly reduce the amount of time it
7553takes for the testsuite to run. In this case, if you set
7554@code{RUNTESTFLAGS} then, by default, the tests will be run serially
7555even under @option{-j}. You can override this and force a parallel run
7556by setting the @code{make} variable @code{FORCE_PARALLEL} to any
7557non-empty value. Note that the parallel @kbd{make check} assumes
7558that you want to run the entire testsuite, so it is not compatible
7559with some dejagnu options, like @option{--directory}.
7560
085dd6e6
JM
7561The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
7562conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
7563real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
7564failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
7565hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
7566everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
7567being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
7568lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
7569Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
7570reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
7571catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
7572program.
7573
7574When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
7575testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
7576regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
7577run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
7578compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
7579testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
7580options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
7581host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
7582mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
7583
7584If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
7585tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
7586and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
7587Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
7588failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
7589difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
7590in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
7591tests for all of those.
085dd6e6 7592
e7dc800a
MC
7593DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However,
7594some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and
7595the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts
7596will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this:
7597
7598@smallexample
7599UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host.
7600@end smallexample
7601
c5f80513
DE
7602@section Testsuite Parameters
7603
7604Several variables exist to modify the behavior of the testsuite.
7605
7606@itemize @bullet
7607
7608@item @code{TRANSCRIPT}
7609
812f7342
TT
7610Sometimes it is convenient to get a transcript of the commands which
7611the testsuite sends to @value{GDBN}. For example, if @value{GDBN}
7612crashes during testing, a transcript can be used to more easily
7613reconstruct the failure when running @value{GDBN} under @value{GDBN}.
7614
7615You can instruct the @value{GDBN} testsuite to write transcripts by
7616setting the DejaGNU variable @code{TRANSCRIPT} (to any value)
7617before invoking @code{runtest} or @kbd{make check}. The transcripts
7618will be written into DejaGNU's output directory. One transcript will
7619be made for each invocation of @value{GDBN}; they will be named
7620@file{transcript.@var{n}}, where @var{n} is an integer. The first
7621line of the transcript file will show how @value{GDBN} was invoked;
7622each subsequent line is a command sent as input to @value{GDBN}.
7623
7624@smallexample
7625make check RUNTESTFLAGS=TRANSCRIPT=y
7626@end smallexample
7627
7628Note that the transcript is not always complete. In particular, tests
7629of completion can yield partial command lines.
7630
c5f80513
DE
7631@item @code{GDB}
7632
7633Sometimes one wishes to test a different @value{GDBN} than the one in the build
7634directory. For example, one may wish to run the testsuite on
7635@file{/usr/bin/gdb}.
7636
7637@smallexample
7638make check RUNTESTFLAGS=GDB=/usr/bin/gdb
7639@end smallexample
7640
7641@item @code{GDBSERVER}
7642
7643When testing a different @value{GDBN}, it is often useful to also test a
7644different gdbserver.
7645
7646@smallexample
7647make check RUNTESTFLAGS="GDB=/usr/bin/gdb GDBSERVER=/usr/bin/gdbserver"
7648@end smallexample
7649
1be00882
DE
7650@item @code{INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS}
7651
7652When running the testsuite normally one doesn't want whatever is in
7653@file{~/.gdbinit} to interfere with the tests, therefore the test harness
7654passes @option{-nx} to @value{GDBN}. One also doesn't want any windowed
7655version of @value{GDBN}, e.g., @command{gdbtui}, to run.
7656This is achieved via @code{INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS}.
7657
7658@smallexample
7659set INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS "-nw -nx"
7660@end smallexample
7661
7662This is all well and good, except when testing an installed @value{GDBN}
7663that has been configured with @option{--with-system-gdbinit}. Here one
7664does not want @file{~/.gdbinit} loaded but one may want the system
7665@file{.gdbinit} file loaded. This can be achieved by pointing @code{$HOME}
7666at a directory without a @file{.gdbinit} and by overriding
7667@code{INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS} and removing @option{-nx}.
7668
7669@smallexample
7670cd testsuite
7671HOME=`pwd` runtest \
7672 GDB=/usr/bin/gdb \
7673 GDBSERVER=/usr/bin/gdbserver \
7674 INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS=-nw
7675@end smallexample
7676
c5f80513
DE
7677@end itemize
7678
7679There are two ways to run the testsuite and pass additional parameters
7680to DejaGnu. The first is with @kbd{make check} and specifying the
7681makefile variable @samp{RUNTESTFLAGS}.
7682
7683@smallexample
7684make check RUNTESTFLAGS=TRANSCRIPT=y
7685@end smallexample
7686
7687The second is to cd to the @file{testsuite} directory and invoke the DejaGnu
7688@command{runtest} command directly.
7689
7690@smallexample
7691cd testsuite
7692make site.exp
7693runtest TRANSCRIPT=y
7694@end smallexample
7695
085dd6e6
JM
7696@section Testsuite Organization
7697
56caf160 7698@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
7699The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
7700testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
7701and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 7702handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 7703@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 7704all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
7705configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
7706definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
7707
7708The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
7709subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
7710with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
7711in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
7712get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
7713
7714The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
7715are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
7716located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
7717execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
7718intelligibility.
7719
56caf160 7720@table @file
085dd6e6 7721@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 7722This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 7723configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 7724The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 7725ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
7726for prototypes).
7727
7728@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 7729Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 7730@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
7731
7732@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
7733Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
7734(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
7735HP-UX.
7736
7737@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
7738Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
77391999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
7740couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
7741imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
7742extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
7743
7744@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 7745Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
7746instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
7747@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
7748@end table
7749
7750@section Writing Tests
56caf160 7751@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 7752
25822942 7753In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
7754should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
7755
7756You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
7757includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
7758However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
7759instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
7760calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
7761
7762Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
8a3dae3e
DJ
7763necessary. Even if @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to
7764a command, you can use @code{gdb_test_multiple}. Like @code{gdb_test},
7765@code{gdb_test_multiple} recognizes internal errors and unexpected
7766prompts.
7767
7768Do not write tests which expect a literal tab character from @value{GDBN}.
7769On some operating systems (e.g.@: OpenBSD) the TTY layer expands tabs to
7770spaces, so by the time @value{GDBN}'s output reaches expect the tab is gone.
085dd6e6
JM
7771
7772The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 7773style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 7774styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 7775instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
7776never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
7777uniformly.
7778
c906108c
SS
7779@node Hints
7780
7781@chapter Hints
7782
7783Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
7784appear anywhere else in the directory.
7785
7786@menu
25822942 7787* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 7788* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
7789@end menu
7790
7791@node Getting Started,,, Hints
7792
7793@section Getting Started
7794
25822942 7795@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
7796work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
7797know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
7798
25822942
DB
7799This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
7800generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7801
7802Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
7803comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
7804function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 7805explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
7806free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
7807out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
7808actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
7809
7810Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
7811native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
7812repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
7813macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
7814default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
7815also documents all the available macros.
7816@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
7817@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
7818@c Conditionals})
7819
56caf160
EZ
7820Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
7821@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
7822@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
7823code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
7824
7825You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
7826enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 7827language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
7828the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
7829and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
7830are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
7831approach.
7832
25822942 7833Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
7834specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
7835function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
7836will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
7837calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
7838(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
7839called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
7840functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
7841one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
7842structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
7843the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
7844look like.
7845
7846Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
7847code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
7848principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
7849else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
7850rather than worrying about all its details.
7851
56caf160
EZ
7852@cindex command implementation
7853A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
7854a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
7855single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
7856@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
7857via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
7858which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
7859the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
7860@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
7861command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
7862display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
7863not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
7864tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
7865breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
7866
7867@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
7868If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
7869on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
7870wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 7871@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
7872Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
7873
33e16fad 7874@node Debugging GDB,,,Hints
c906108c 7875
25822942 7876@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 7877@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 7878
25822942 7879If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
7880fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
7881Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 7882debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 7883./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 7884@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 7885
25822942 7886When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
7887@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
7888gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 7889in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
7890gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
7891
7892If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
7893you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
7894routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
7895@kbd{M-.}
7896
25822942 7897Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
7898have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
7899
7900@section Submitting Patches
7901
56caf160 7902@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 7903Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 7904@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
7905Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
7906changes.
7907
25822942
DB
7908The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
7909This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7910
7911If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
7912or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
7913with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
7914
56caf160 7915@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
7916The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
7917copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
7918of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
7919standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
7920and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
7921owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
7922changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
7923etc) can be
9e0b60a8 7924contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 7925bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
7926this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
7927since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
7928
7929Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
7930feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
7931Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
7932header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
7933each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
7934needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
7935@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
7936single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
7937
7938In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 7939sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
7940If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
7941out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 7942
9e0b60a8
JM
7943The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
7944install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
7945or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 7946will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
7947The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
7948the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
7949being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
7950tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
7951the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
7952acceptable.
7953
7954If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
7955of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
7956installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
7957reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
7958complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
7959they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
7960permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
7961be for quite some time.
c906108c 7962
56caf160 7963Please send patches directly to
87f9adc1 7964@email{gdb-patches@@sourceware.org, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c 7965
36af4ef6
MD
7966@section Build Script
7967
7968@cindex build script
7969
7970The script @file{gdb_buildall.sh} builds @value{GDBN} with flag
7971@option{--enable-targets=all} set. This builds @value{GDBN} with all supported
7972targets activated. This helps testing @value{GDBN} when doing changes that
7973affect more than one architecture and is much faster than using
7974@file{gdb_mbuild.sh}.
7975
7976After building @value{GDBN} the script checks which architectures are
7977supported and then switches the current architecture to each of those to get
7978information about the architecture. The test results are stored in log files
7979in the directory the script was called from.
7980
bcd7e15f 7981@include observer.texi
2154891a 7982@raisesections
aab4e0ec 7983@include fdl.texi
2154891a 7984@lowersections
aab4e0ec 7985
56caf160
EZ
7986@node Index
7987@unnumbered Index
7988
7989@printindex cp
7990
c906108c 7991@bye
This page took 1.373818 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.